openkylin
/
linux
mirror of https://gitee.com/openkylin/linux.git
9
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'net-ReST-part-three' 

Mauro Carvalho Chehab says:

====================
net: manually convert files to ReST format - part 3 (final)

That's the third part (and the final one) of my work to convert the networking
text files into ReST. it is based on linux-next next-20200430 branch.

The full series (including those ones) are at:

	https://git.linuxtv.org/mchehab/experimental.git/log/?h=net-docs

The  built output documents, on html format is at:

	https://www.infradead.org/~mchehab/kernel_docs/networking/
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit is contained in:
David S. Miller 2020-05-01 12:24:43 -07:00
parent ef891284b1 30cbf2ddfc
commit 4b4976a6fe
61 changed files with 4167 additions and 3334 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

8
Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.rst
View File

@ -1296,8 +1296,8 @@ DIP Switches:
11111 0xC400 (guessed - crashes tested system)
============= ============================================
CNet Technology Inc.
====================
CNet Technology Inc. (8-bit cards)
==================================
120 Series (8-bit cards)
------------------------
@ -1520,8 +1520,8 @@ The jumpers labeled EXT1 and EXT2 are used to determine the timeout
parameters. These two jumpers are normally left open.
CNet Technology Inc.
====================
CNet Technology Inc. (16-bit cards)
===================================
160 Series (16-bit cards)
-------------------------

160
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/3c509.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/3c509.rst
View File

@ -1,17 +1,21 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=============================================================================
Linux and the 3Com EtherLink III Series Ethercards (driver v1.18c and higher)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================================
This file contains the instructions and caveats for v1.18c and higher versions
of the 3c509 driver. You should not use the driver without reading this file.
release 1.0
28 February 2002
Current maintainer (corrections to):
David Ruggiero <jdr@farfalle.com>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(0) Introduction
Introduction
============
The following are notes and information on using the 3Com EtherLink III series
ethercards in Linux. These cards are commonly known by the most widely-used
@ -21,11 +25,11 @@ be (but sometimes are) confused with the similarly-numbered PCI-bus "3c905"
provided by the module 3c509.c, which has code to support all of the following
models:
3c509 (original ISA card)
3c509B (later revision of the ISA card; supports full-duplex)
3c589 (PCMCIA)
3c589B (later revision of the 3c589; supports full-duplex)
3c579 (EISA)
- 3c509 (original ISA card)
- 3c509B (later revision of the ISA card; supports full-duplex)
- 3c589 (PCMCIA)
- 3c589B (later revision of the 3c589; supports full-duplex)
- 3c579 (EISA)
Large portions of this documentation were heavily borrowed from the guide
written the original author of the 3c509 driver, Donald Becker. The master
@ -33,32 +37,34 @@ copy of that document, which contains notes on older versions of the driver,
currently resides on Scyld web server: http://www.scyld.com/.
(1) Special Driver Features
Special Driver Features
=======================
Overriding card settings
The driver allows boot- or load-time overriding of the card's detected IOADDR,
IRQ, and transceiver settings, although this capability shouldn't generally be
needed except to enable full-duplex mode (see below). An example of the syntax
for LILO parameters for doing this:
for LILO parameters for doing this::
ether=10,0x310,3,0x3c509,eth0
ether=10,0x310,3,0x3c509,eth0
This configures the first found 3c509 card for IRQ 10, base I/O 0x310, and
transceiver type 3 (10base2). The flag "0x3c509" must be set to avoid conflicts
with other card types when overriding the I/O address. When the driver is
loaded as a module, only the IRQ may be overridden. For example,
setting two cards to IRQ10 and IRQ11 is done by using the irq module
option:
option::
options 3c509 irq=10,11
(2) Full-duplex mode
Full-duplex mode
================
The v1.18c driver added support for the 3c509B's full-duplex capabilities.
In order to enable and successfully use full-duplex mode, three conditions
must be met:
must be met:
(a) You must have a Etherlink III card model whose hardware supports full-
duplex operations. Currently, the only members of the 3c509 family that are
@ -78,27 +84,32 @@ duplex-capable Ethernet switch (*not* a hub), or a full-duplex-capable NIC on
another system that's connected directly to the 3c509B via a crossover cable.
Full-duplex mode can be enabled using 'ethtool'.
/////Extremely important caution concerning full-duplex mode/////
Understand that the 3c509B's hardware's full-duplex support is much more
limited than that provide by more modern network interface cards. Although
at the physical layer of the network it fully supports full-duplex operation,
the card was designed before the current Ethernet auto-negotiation (N-way)
spec was written. This means that the 3c509B family ***cannot and will not
auto-negotiate a full-duplex connection with its link partner under any
circumstances, no matter how it is initialized***. If the full-duplex mode
of the 3c509B is enabled, its link partner will very likely need to be
independently _forced_ into full-duplex mode as well; otherwise various nasty
failures will occur - at the very least, you'll see massive numbers of packet
collisions. This is one of very rare circumstances where disabling auto-
negotiation and forcing the duplex mode of a network interface card or switch
would ever be necessary or desirable.
.. warning::
Extremely important caution concerning full-duplex mode
Understand that the 3c509B's hardware's full-duplex support is much more
limited than that provide by more modern network interface cards. Although
at the physical layer of the network it fully supports full-duplex operation,
the card was designed before the current Ethernet auto-negotiation (N-way)
spec was written. This means that the 3c509B family ***cannot and will not
auto-negotiate a full-duplex connection with its link partner under any
circumstances, no matter how it is initialized***. If the full-duplex mode
of the 3c509B is enabled, its link partner will very likely need to be
independently _forced_ into full-duplex mode as well; otherwise various nasty
failures will occur - at the very least, you'll see massive numbers of packet
collisions. This is one of very rare circumstances where disabling auto-
negotiation and forcing the duplex mode of a network interface card or switch
would ever be necessary or desirable.
(3) Available Transceiver Types
Available Transceiver Types
===========================
For versions of the driver v1.18c and above, the available transceiver types are:
== =========================================================================
0 transceiver type from EEPROM config (normally 10baseT); force half-duplex
1 AUI (thick-net / DB15 connector)
2 (undefined)
@ -106,6 +117,7 @@ For versions of the driver v1.18c and above, the available transceiver types are
4 10baseT (RJ-45 connector); force half-duplex mode
8 transceiver type and duplex mode taken from card's EEPROM config settings
12 10baseT (RJ-45 connector); force full-duplex mode
== =========================================================================
Prior to driver version 1.18c, only transceiver codes 0-4 were supported. Note
that the new transceiver codes 8 and 12 are the *only* ones that will enable
@ -116,26 +128,30 @@ it must always be explicitly enabled via one of these code in order to be
activated.
The transceiver type can be changed using 'ethtool'.
(4a) Interpretation of error messages and common problems
Interpretation of error messages and common problems
----------------------------------------------------
Error Messages
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
eth0: Infinite loop in interrupt, status 2011.
eth0: Infinite loop in interrupt, status 2011.
These are "mostly harmless" message indicating that the driver had too much
work during that interrupt cycle. With a status of 0x2011 you are receiving
packets faster than they can be removed from the card. This should be rare
or impossible in normal operation. Possible causes of this error report are:
- a "green" mode enabled that slows the processor down when there is no
keyboard activity.
keyboard activity.
- some other device or device driver hogging the bus or disabling interrupts.
Check /proc/interrupts for excessive interrupt counts. The timer tick
interrupt should always be incrementing faster than the others.
interrupt should always be incrementing faster than the others.
No received packets
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
No received packets
If a 3c509, 3c562 or 3c589 can successfully transmit packets, but never
receives packets (as reported by /proc/net/dev or 'ifconfig') you likely
have an interrupt line problem. Check /proc/interrupts to verify that the
@ -146,26 +162,37 @@ or IRQ5, and the easiest solution is to move the 3c509 to a different
interrupt line. If the device is receiving packets but 'ping' doesn't work,
you have a routing problem.
Tx Carrier Errors Reported in /proc/net/dev
Tx Carrier Errors Reported in /proc/net/dev
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
If an EtherLink III appears to transmit packets, but the "Tx carrier errors"
field in /proc/net/dev increments as quickly as the Tx packet count, you
likely have an unterminated network or the incorrect media transceiver selected.
likely have an unterminated network or the incorrect media transceiver selected.
3c509B card is not detected on machines with an ISA PnP BIOS.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3c509B card is not detected on machines with an ISA PnP BIOS.
While the updated driver works with most PnP BIOS programs, it does not work
with all. This can be fixed by disabling PnP support using the 3Com-supplied
setup program.
setup program.
3c509 card is not detected on overclocked machines
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3c509 card is not detected on overclocked machines
Increase the delay time in id_read_eeprom() from the current value, 500,
to an absurdly high value, such as 5000.
to an absurdly high value, such as 5000.
(4b) Decoding Status and Error Messages
Decoding Status and Error Messages
----------------------------------
The bits in the main status register are:
The bits in the main status register are:
===== ======================================
value description
===== ======================================
0x01 Interrupt latch
0x02 Tx overrun, or Rx underrun
0x04 Tx complete
@ -174,30 +201,38 @@ value description
0x20 A Rx packet has started to arrive
0x40 The driver has requested an interrupt
0x80 Statistics counter nearly full
===== ======================================
The bits in the transmit (Tx) status word are:
The bits in the transmit (Tx) status word are:
value description
0x02 Out-of-window collision.
0x04 Status stack overflow (normally impossible).
0x08 16 collisions.
0x10 Tx underrun (not enough PCI bus bandwidth).
0x20 Tx jabber.
0x40 Tx interrupt requested.
0x80 Status is valid (this should always be set).
===== ============================================
value description
===== ============================================
0x02 Out-of-window collision.
0x04 Status stack overflow (normally impossible).
0x08 16 collisions.
0x10 Tx underrun (not enough PCI bus bandwidth).
0x20 Tx jabber.
0x40 Tx interrupt requested.
0x80 Status is valid (this should always be set).
===== ============================================
When a transmit error occurs the driver produces a status message such as
When a transmit error occurs the driver produces a status message such as::
eth0: Transmit error, Tx status register 82
The two values typically seen here are:
0x82
Out of window collision. This typically occurs when some other Ethernet
host is incorrectly set to full duplex on a half duplex network.
0x82
^^^^
Out of window collision. This typically occurs when some other Ethernet
host is incorrectly set to full duplex on a half duplex network.
0x88
^^^^
0x88
16 collisions. This typically occurs when the network is exceptionally busy
or when another host doesn't correctly back off after a collision. If this
error is mixed with 0x82 errors it is the result of a host incorrectly set
@ -207,7 +242,8 @@ Both of these errors are the result of network problems that should be
corrected. They do not represent driver malfunction.
(5) Revision history (this file)
Revision history (this file)
============================
28Feb02 v1.0 DR New; major portions based on Becker original 3c509 docs

223
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst
View File

@ -1,5 +1,13 @@
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=========================
3Com Vortex device driver
=========================
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst
Andrew Morton
30 April 2000
@ -8,12 +16,12 @@ driver for Linux, 3c59x.c.
The driver was written by Donald Becker <becker@scyld.com>
Don is no longer the prime maintainer of this version of the driver.
Don is no longer the prime maintainer of this version of the driver.
Please report problems to one or more of:
Andrew Morton
Netdev mailing list <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
- Andrew Morton
- Netdev mailing list <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
- Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Please note the 'Reporting and Diagnosing Problems' section at the end
of this file.
@ -24,58 +32,58 @@ Since kernel 2.3.99-pre6, this driver incorporates the support for the
This driver supports the following hardware:
3c590 Vortex 10Mbps
3c592 EISA 10Mbps Demon/Vortex
3c597 EISA Fast Demon/Vortex
3c595 Vortex 100baseTx
3c595 Vortex 100baseT4
3c595 Vortex 100base-MII
3c900 Boomerang 10baseT
3c900 Boomerang 10Mbps Combo
3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps TPO
3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps Combo
3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps TPC
3c900B-FL Cyclone 10base-FL
3c905 Boomerang 100baseTx
3c905 Boomerang 100baseT4
3c905B Cyclone 100baseTx
3c905B Cyclone 10/100/BNC
3c905B-FX Cyclone 100baseFx
3c905C Tornado
3c920B-EMB-WNM (ATI Radeon 9100 IGP)
3c980 Cyclone
3c980C Python-T
3cSOHO100-TX Hurricane
3c555 Laptop Hurricane
3c556 Laptop Tornado
3c556B Laptop Hurricane
3c575 [Megahertz] 10/100 LAN CardBus
3c575 Boomerang CardBus
3CCFE575BT Cyclone CardBus
3CCFE575CT Tornado CardBus
3CCFE656 Cyclone CardBus
3CCFEM656B Cyclone+Winmodem CardBus
3CXFEM656C Tornado+Winmodem CardBus
3c450 HomePNA Tornado
3c920 Tornado
3c982 Hydra Dual Port A
3c982 Hydra Dual Port B
3c905B-T4
3c920B-EMB-WNM Tornado
- 3c590 Vortex 10Mbps
- 3c592 EISA 10Mbps Demon/Vortex
- 3c597 EISA Fast Demon/Vortex
- 3c595 Vortex 100baseTx
- 3c595 Vortex 100baseT4
- 3c595 Vortex 100base-MII
- 3c900 Boomerang 10baseT
- 3c900 Boomerang 10Mbps Combo
- 3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps TPO
- 3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps Combo
- 3c900 Cyclone 10Mbps TPC
- 3c900B-FL Cyclone 10base-FL
- 3c905 Boomerang 100baseTx
- 3c905 Boomerang 100baseT4
- 3c905B Cyclone 100baseTx
- 3c905B Cyclone 10/100/BNC
- 3c905B-FX Cyclone 100baseFx
- 3c905C Tornado
- 3c920B-EMB-WNM (ATI Radeon 9100 IGP)
- 3c980 Cyclone
- 3c980C Python-T
- 3cSOHO100-TX Hurricane
- 3c555 Laptop Hurricane
- 3c556 Laptop Tornado
- 3c556B Laptop Hurricane
- 3c575 [Megahertz] 10/100 LAN CardBus
- 3c575 Boomerang CardBus
- 3CCFE575BT Cyclone CardBus
- 3CCFE575CT Tornado CardBus
- 3CCFE656 Cyclone CardBus
- 3CCFEM656B Cyclone+Winmodem CardBus
- 3CXFEM656C Tornado+Winmodem CardBus
- 3c450 HomePNA Tornado
- 3c920 Tornado
- 3c982 Hydra Dual Port A
- 3c982 Hydra Dual Port B
- 3c905B-T4
- 3c920B-EMB-WNM Tornado
Module parameters
=================
There are several parameters which may be provided to the driver when
its module is loaded. These are usually placed in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf
configuration files. Example:
its module is loaded. These are usually placed in ``/etc/modprobe.d/*.conf``
configuration files. Example::
options 3c59x debug=3 rx_copybreak=300
options 3c59x debug=3 rx_copybreak=300
If you are using the PCMCIA tools (cardmgr) then the options may be
placed in /etc/pcmcia/config.opts:
placed in /etc/pcmcia/config.opts::
module "3c59x" opts "debug=3 rx_copybreak=300"
module "3c59x" opts "debug=3 rx_copybreak=300"
The supported parameters are:
@ -89,7 +97,7 @@ options=N1,N2,N3,...
Each number in the list provides an option to the corresponding
network card. So if you have two 3c905's and you wish to provide
them with option 0x204 you would use:
them with option 0x204 you would use::
options=0x204,0x204
@ -97,6 +105,8 @@ options=N1,N2,N3,...
have the following meanings:
Possible media type settings
== =================================
0 10baseT
1 10Mbs AUI
2 undefined
@ -108,17 +118,20 @@ options=N1,N2,N3,...
8 Autonegotiate
9 External MII
10 Use default setting from EEPROM
== =================================
When generating a value for the 'options' setting, the above media
selection values may be OR'ed (or added to) the following:
====== =============================================
0x8000 Set driver debugging level to 7
0x4000 Set driver debugging level to 2
0x0400 Enable Wake-on-LAN
0x0200 Force full duplex mode.
0x0010 Bus-master enable bit (Old Vortex cards only)
====== =============================================
For example:
For example::
insmod 3c59x options=0x204
@ -127,14 +140,14 @@ options=N1,N2,N3,...
global_options=N
Sets the `options' parameter for all 3c59x NICs in the machine.
Entries in the `options' array above will override any setting of
Sets the ``options`` parameter for all 3c59x NICs in the machine.
Entries in the ``options`` array above will override any setting of
this.
full_duplex=N1,N2,N3...
Similar to bit 9 of 'options'. Forces the corresponding card into
full-duplex mode. Please use this in preference to the `options'
full-duplex mode. Please use this in preference to the ``options``
parameter.
In fact, please don't use this at all! You're better off getting
@ -143,13 +156,13 @@ full_duplex=N1,N2,N3...
global_full_duplex=N1
Sets full duplex mode for all 3c59x NICs in the machine. Entries
in the `full_duplex' array above will override any setting of this.
in the ``full_duplex`` array above will override any setting of this.
flow_ctrl=N1,N2,N3...
Use 802.3x MAC-layer flow control. The 3com cards only support the
PAUSE command, which means that they will stop sending packets for a
short period if they receive a PAUSE frame from the link partner.
short period if they receive a PAUSE frame from the link partner.
The driver only allows flow control on a link which is operating in
full duplex mode.
@ -170,14 +183,14 @@ rx_copybreak=M
This is a speed/space tradeoff.
The value of rx_copybreak is used to decide when to make the copy.
If the packet size is less than rx_copybreak, the packet is copied.
The value of rx_copybreak is used to decide when to make the copy.
If the packet size is less than rx_copybreak, the packet is copied.
The default value for rx_copybreak is 200 bytes.
max_interrupt_work=N
The driver's interrupt service routine can handle many receive and
transmit packets in a single invocation. It does this in a loop.
transmit packets in a single invocation. It does this in a loop.
The value of max_interrupt_work governs how many times the interrupt
service routine will loop. The default value is 32 loops. If this
is exceeded the interrupt service routine gives up and generates a
@ -186,7 +199,7 @@ max_interrupt_work=N
hw_checksums=N1,N2,N3,...
Recent 3com NICs are able to generate IPv4, TCP and UDP checksums
in hardware. Linux has used the Rx checksumming for a long time.
in hardware. Linux has used the Rx checksumming for a long time.
The "zero copy" patch which is planned for the 2.4 kernel series
allows you to make use of the NIC's DMA scatter/gather and transmit
checksumming as well.
@ -196,11 +209,11 @@ hw_checksums=N1,N2,N3,...
This module parameter has been provided so you can override this
decision. If you think that Tx checksums are causing a problem, you
may disable the feature with `hw_checksums=0'.
may disable the feature with ``hw_checksums=0``.
If you think your NIC should be performing Tx checksumming and the
driver isn't enabling it, you can force the use of hardware Tx
checksumming with `hw_checksums=1'.
checksumming with ``hw_checksums=1``.
The driver drops a message in the logfiles to indicate whether or
not it is using hardware scatter/gather and hardware Tx checksums.
@ -210,8 +223,8 @@ hw_checksums=N1,N2,N3,...
decrease in throughput for send(). There is no effect upon receive
efficiency.
compaq_ioaddr=N
compaq_irq=N
compaq_ioaddr=N,
compaq_irq=N,
compaq_device_id=N
"Variables to work-around the Compaq PCI BIOS32 problem"....
@ -219,7 +232,7 @@ compaq_device_id=N
watchdog=N
Sets the time duration (in milliseconds) after which the kernel
decides that the transmitter has become stuck and needs to be reset.
decides that the transmitter has become stuck and needs to be reset.
This is mainly for debugging purposes, although it may be advantageous
to increase this value on LANs which have very high collision rates.
The default value is 5000 (5.0 seconds).
@ -227,7 +240,7 @@ watchdog=N
enable_wol=N1,N2,N3,...
Enable Wake-on-LAN support for the relevant interface. Donald
Becker's `ether-wake' application may be used to wake suspended
Becker's ``ether-wake`` application may be used to wake suspended
machines.
Also enables the NIC's power management support.
@ -235,7 +248,7 @@ enable_wol=N1,N2,N3,...
global_enable_wol=N
Sets enable_wol mode for all 3c59x NICs in the machine. Entries in
the `enable_wol' array above will override any setting of this.
the ``enable_wol`` array above will override any setting of this.
Media selection
---------------
@ -325,12 +338,12 @@ Autonegotiation notes
Cisco switches (Jeff Busch <jbusch@deja.com>)
My "standard config" for ports to which PC's/servers connect directly:
My "standard config" for ports to which PC's/servers connect directly::
interface FastEthernet0/N
description machinename
load-interval 30
spanning-tree portfast
interface FastEthernet0/N
description machinename
load-interval 30
spanning-tree portfast
If autonegotiation is a problem, you may need to specify "speed
100" and "duplex full" as well (or "speed 10" and "duplex half").
@ -368,9 +381,9 @@ steps you should take:
But for most problems it is useful to provide the following:
o Kernel version, driver version
- Kernel version, driver version
o A copy of the banner message which the driver generates when
- A copy of the banner message which the driver generates when
it is initialised. For example:
eth0: 3Com PCI 3c905C Tornado at 0xa400, 00:50:da:6a:88:f0, IRQ 19
@ -378,68 +391,68 @@ steps you should take:
MII transceiver found at address 24, status 782d.
Enabling bus-master transmits and whole-frame receives.
NOTE: You must provide the `debug=2' modprobe option to generate
a full detection message. Please do this:
NOTE: You must provide the ``debug=2`` modprobe option to generate
a full detection message. Please do this::
modprobe 3c59x debug=2
o If it is a PCI device, the relevant output from 'lspci -vx', eg:
- If it is a PCI device, the relevant output from 'lspci -vx', eg::
00:09.0 Ethernet controller: 3Com Corporation 3c905C-TX [Fast Etherlink] (rev 74)
Subsystem: 3Com Corporation: Unknown device 9200
Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 32, IRQ 19
I/O ports at a400 [size=128]
Memory at db000000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=128]
Expansion ROM at <unassigned> [disabled] [size=128K]
Capabilities: [dc] Power Management version 2
00: b7 10 00 92 07 00 10 02 74 00 00 02 08 20 00 00
10: 01 a4 00 00 00 00 00 db 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 b7 10 00 10
30: 00 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 01 0a 0a
00:09.0 Ethernet controller: 3Com Corporation 3c905C-TX [Fast Etherlink] (rev 74)
Subsystem: 3Com Corporation: Unknown device 9200
Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 32, IRQ 19
I/O ports at a400 [size=128]
Memory at db000000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=128]
Expansion ROM at <unassigned> [disabled] [size=128K]
Capabilities: [dc] Power Management version 2
00: b7 10 00 92 07 00 10 02 74 00 00 02 08 20 00 00
10: 01 a4 00 00 00 00 00 db 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 b7 10 00 10
30: 00 00 00 00 dc 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 01 0a 0a
o A description of the environment: 10baseT? 100baseT?
- A description of the environment: 10baseT? 100baseT?
full/half duplex? switched or hubbed?
o Any additional module parameters which you may be providing to the driver.
- Any additional module parameters which you may be providing to the driver.
o Any kernel logs which are produced. The more the merrier.
- Any kernel logs which are produced. The more the merrier.
If this is a large file and you are sending your report to a
mailing list, mention that you have the logfile, but don't send
it. If you're reporting direct to the maintainer then just send
it.
To ensure that all kernel logs are available, add the
following line to /etc/syslog.conf:
following line to /etc/syslog.conf::
kern.* /var/log/messages
kern.* /var/log/messages
Then restart syslogd with:
Then restart syslogd with::
/etc/rc.d/init.d/syslog restart
/etc/rc.d/init.d/syslog restart
(The above may vary, depending upon which Linux distribution you use).
o If your problem is reproducible then that's great. Try the
- If your problem is reproducible then that's great. Try the
following:
1) Increase the debug level. Usually this is done via:
a) modprobe driver debug=7
b) In /etc/modprobe.d/driver.conf:
options driver debug=7
a) modprobe driver debug=7
b) In /etc/modprobe.d/driver.conf:
options driver debug=7
2) Recreate the problem with the higher debug level,
send all logs to the maintainer.
send all logs to the maintainer.
3) Download you card's diagnostic tool from Donald
Becker's website <http://www.scyld.com/ethercard_diag.html>.
Download mii-diag.c as well. Build these.
Becker's website <http://www.scyld.com/ethercard_diag.html>.
Download mii-diag.c as well. Build these.
a) Run 'vortex-diag -aaee' and 'mii-diag -v' when the card is
working correctly. Save the output.
a) Run 'vortex-diag -aaee' and 'mii-diag -v' when the card is
working correctly. Save the output.
b) Run the above commands when the card is malfunctioning. Send
both sets of output.
b) Run the above commands when the card is malfunctioning. Send
both sets of output.
Finally, please be patient and be prepared to do some work. You may
end up working on this problem for a week or more as the maintainer

144
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/amazon/ena.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/amazon/ena.rst
View File

@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
Linux kernel driver for Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) family:
=============================================================
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
============================================================
Linux kernel driver for Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) family
============================================================
Overview
========
Overview:
=========
ENA is a networking interface designed to make good use of modern CPU
features and system architectures.
@ -35,32 +39,40 @@ debug logs.
Some of the ENA devices support a working mode called Low-latency
Queue (LLQ), which saves several more microseconds.
Supported PCI vendor ID/device IDs:
===================================
1d0f:0ec2 - ENA PF
1d0f:1ec2 - ENA PF with LLQ support
1d0f:ec20 - ENA VF
1d0f:ec21 - ENA VF with LLQ support
Supported PCI vendor ID/device IDs
==================================
ENA Source Code Directory Structure:
====================================
ena_com.[ch] - Management communication layer. This layer is
responsible for the handling all the management
(admin) communication between the device and the
driver.
ena_eth_com.[ch] - Tx/Rx data path.
ena_admin_defs.h - Definition of ENA management interface.
ena_eth_io_defs.h - Definition of ENA data path interface.
ena_common_defs.h - Common definitions for ena_com layer.
ena_regs_defs.h - Definition of ENA PCI memory-mapped (MMIO) registers.
ena_netdev.[ch] - Main Linux kernel driver.
ena_syfsfs.[ch] - Sysfs files.
ena_ethtool.c - ethtool callbacks.
ena_pci_id_tbl.h - Supported device IDs.
========= =======================
1d0f:0ec2 ENA PF
1d0f:1ec2 ENA PF with LLQ support
1d0f:ec20 ENA VF
1d0f:ec21 ENA VF with LLQ support
========= =======================
ENA Source Code Directory Structure
===================================
================= ======================================================
ena_com.[ch] Management communication layer. This layer is
responsible for the handling all the management
(admin) communication between the device and the
driver.
ena_eth_com.[ch] Tx/Rx data path.
ena_admin_defs.h Definition of ENA management interface.
ena_eth_io_defs.h Definition of ENA data path interface.
ena_common_defs.h Common definitions for ena_com layer.
ena_regs_defs.h Definition of ENA PCI memory-mapped (MMIO) registers.
ena_netdev.[ch] Main Linux kernel driver.
ena_syfsfs.[ch] Sysfs files.
ena_ethtool.c ethtool callbacks.
ena_pci_id_tbl.h Supported device IDs.
================= ======================================================
Management Interface:
=====================
ENA management interface is exposed by means of:
- PCIe Configuration Space
- Device Registers
- Admin Queue (AQ) and Admin Completion Queue (ACQ)
@ -78,6 +90,7 @@ vendor-specific extensions. Most of the management operations are
framed in a generic Get/Set feature command.
The following admin queue commands are supported:
- Create I/O submission queue
- Create I/O completion queue
- Destroy I/O submission queue
@ -96,12 +109,16 @@ be reported using ACQ. AENQ events are subdivided into groups. Each
group may have multiple syndromes, as shown below
The events are:
==================== ===============
Group Syndrome
Link state change - X -
Fatal error - X -
==================== ===============
Link state change **X**
Fatal error **X**
Notification Suspend traffic
Notification Resume traffic
Keep-Alive - X -
Keep-Alive **X**
==================== ===============
ACQ and AENQ share the same MSI-X vector.
@ -113,8 +130,8 @@ the device every second. The driver re-arms the WD upon reception of a
Keep-Alive event. A missed Keep-Alive event causes the WD handler to
fire.
Data Path Interface:
====================
Data Path Interface
===================
I/O operations are based on Tx and Rx Submission Queues (Tx SQ and Rx
SQ correspondingly). Each SQ has a completion queue (CQ) associated
with it.
@ -123,11 +140,15 @@ The SQs and CQs are implemented as descriptor rings in contiguous
physical memory.
The ENA driver supports two Queue Operation modes for Tx SQs:
- Regular mode
* In this mode the Tx SQs reside in the host's memory. The ENA
device fetches the ENA Tx descriptors and packet data from host
memory.
- Low Latency Queue (LLQ) mode or "push-mode".
* In this mode the driver pushes the transmit descriptors and the
first 128 bytes of the packet directly to the ENA device memory
space. The rest of the packet payload is fetched by the
@ -142,6 +163,7 @@ Note: Not all ENA devices support LLQ, and this feature is negotiated
The driver supports multi-queue for both Tx and Rx. This has various
benefits:
- Reduced CPU/thread/process contention on a given Ethernet interface.
- Cache miss rate on completion is reduced, particularly for data
cache lines that hold the sk_buff structures.
@ -151,8 +173,8 @@ benefits:
packet is running.
- In hardware interrupt re-direction.
Interrupt Modes:
================
Interrupt Modes
===============
The driver assigns a single MSI-X vector per queue pair (for both Tx
and Rx directions). The driver assigns an additional dedicated MSI-X vector
for management (for ACQ and AENQ).
@ -163,9 +185,12 @@ removed. I/O queue interrupt registration is performed when the Linux
interface of the adapter is opened, and it is de-registered when the
interface is closed.
The management interrupt is named:
The management interrupt is named::
ena-mgmnt@pci:<PCI domain:bus:slot.function>
and for each queue pair, an interrupt is named:
and for each queue pair, an interrupt is named::
<interface name>-Tx-Rx-<queue index>
The ENA device operates in auto-mask and auto-clear interrupt
@ -173,8 +198,8 @@ modes. That is, once MSI-X is delivered to the host, its Cause bit is
automatically cleared and the interrupt is masked. The interrupt is
unmasked by the driver after NAPI processing is complete.
Interrupt Moderation:
=====================
Interrupt Moderation
====================
ENA driver and device can operate in conventional or adaptive interrupt
moderation mode.
@ -202,45 +227,46 @@ delay value to each level.
The user can enable/disable adaptive moderation, modify the interrupt
delay table and restore its default values through sysfs.
RX copybreak:
=============
RX copybreak
============
The rx_copybreak is initialized by default to ENA_DEFAULT_RX_COPYBREAK
and can be configured by the ETHTOOL_STUNABLE command of the
SIOCETHTOOL ioctl.
SKB:
====
SKB
===
The driver-allocated SKB for frames received from Rx handling using
NAPI context. The allocation method depends on the size of the packet.
If the frame length is larger than rx_copybreak, napi_get_frags()
is used, otherwise netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align() is used, the buffer
content is copied (by CPU) to the SKB, and the buffer is recycled.
Statistics:
===========
Statistics
==========
The user can obtain ENA device and driver statistics using ethtool.
The driver can collect regular or extended statistics (including
per-queue stats) from the device.
In addition the driver logs the stats to syslog upon device reset.
MTU:
====
MTU
===
The driver supports an arbitrarily large MTU with a maximum that is
negotiated with the device. The driver configures MTU using the
SetFeature command (ENA_ADMIN_MTU property). The user can change MTU
via ip(8) and similar legacy tools.
Stateless Offloads:
===================
Stateless Offloads
==================
The ENA driver supports:
- TSO over IPv4/IPv6
- TSO with ECN
- IPv4 header checksum offload
- TCP/UDP over IPv4/IPv6 checksum offloads
RSS:
====
RSS
===
- The ENA device supports RSS that allows flexible Rx traffic
steering.
- Toeplitz and CRC32 hash functions are supported.
@ -255,11 +281,13 @@ RSS:
- The user can provide a hash key, hash function, and configure the
indirection table through ethtool(8).
DATA PATH:
==========
Tx:
---
DATA PATH
=========
Tx
--
end_start_xmit() is called by the stack. This function does the following:
- Maps data buffers (skb->data and frags).
- Populates ena_buf for the push buffer (if the driver and device are
in push mode.)
@ -271,8 +299,10 @@ end_start_xmit() is called by the stack. This function does the following:
- Calls ena_com_prepare_tx(), an ENA communication layer that converts
the ena_bufs to ENA descriptors (and adds meta ENA descriptors as
needed.)
* This function also copies the ENA descriptors and the push buffer
to the Device memory space (if in push mode.)
- Writes doorbell to the ENA device.
- When the ENA device finishes sending the packet, a completion
interrupt is raised.
@ -280,14 +310,16 @@ end_start_xmit() is called by the stack. This function does the following:
- The ena_clean_tx_irq() function is called. This function handles the
completion descriptors generated by the ENA, with a single
completion descriptor per completed packet.
* req_id is retrieved from the completion descriptor. The tx_info of
the packet is retrieved via the req_id. The data buffers are
unmapped and req_id is returned to the empty req_id ring.
* The function stops when the completion descriptors are completed or
the budget is reached.
Rx:
---
Rx
--
- When a packet is received from the ENA device.
- The interrupt handler schedules NAPI.
- The ena_clean_rx_irq() function is called. This function calls
@ -296,13 +328,17 @@ Rx:
no new packet is found.
- Then it calls the ena_clean_rx_irq() function.
- ena_eth_rx_skb() checks packet length:
* If the packet is small (len < rx_copybreak), the driver allocates
a SKB for the new packet, and copies the packet payload into the
SKB data buffer.
- In this way the original data buffer is not passed to the stack
and is reused for future Rx packets.
* Otherwise the function unmaps the Rx buffer, then allocates the
new SKB structure and hooks the Rx buffer to the SKB frags.
- The new SKB is updated with the necessary information (protocol,
checksum hw verify result, etc.), and then passed to the network
stack, using the NAPI interface function napi_gro_receive().

369
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.rst
View File

@ -1,83 +1,96 @@
Marvell(Aquantia) AQtion Driver for the aQuantia Multi-Gigabit PCI Express
Family of Ethernet Adapters
=============================================================================
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
Contents
========
===============================
Marvell(Aquantia) AQtion Driver
===============================
- Identifying Your Adapter
- Configuration
- Supported ethtool options
- Command Line Parameters
- Config file parameters
- Support
- License
For the aQuantia Multi-Gigabit PCI Express Family of Ethernet Adapters
.. Contents
- Identifying Your Adapter
- Configuration
- Supported ethtool options
- Command Line Parameters
- Config file parameters
- Support
- License
Identifying Your Adapter
========================
The driver in this release is compatible with AQC-100, AQC-107, AQC-108 based ethernet adapters.
The driver in this release is compatible with AQC-100, AQC-107, AQC-108
based ethernet adapters.
SFP+ Devices (for AQC-100 based adapters)
----------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
This release tested with passive Direct Attach Cables (DAC) and SFP+/LC Optical Transceiver.
This release tested with passive Direct Attach Cables (DAC) and SFP+/LC
Optical Transceiver.
Configuration
=========================
Viewing Link Messages
---------------------
=============
Viewing Link Messages
---------------------
Link messages will not be displayed to the console if the distribution is
restricting system messages. In order to see network driver link messages on
your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following:
your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following::
dmesg -n 8
NOTE: This setting is not saved across reboots.
.. note::
Jumbo Frames
------------
This setting is not saved across reboots.
Jumbo Frames
------------
The driver supports Jumbo Frames for all adapters. Jumbo Frames support is
enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than the default of 1500.
The maximum value for the MTU is 16000. Use the `ip` command to
increase the MTU size. For example:
increase the MTU size. For example::
ip link set mtu 16000 dev enp1s0
ip link set mtu 16000 dev enp1s0
ethtool
-------
ethtool
-------
The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and
diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. The latest
ethtool version is required for this functionality.
NAPI
----
NAPI
----
NAPI (Rx polling mode) is supported in the atlantic driver.
Supported ethtool options
============================
Viewing adapter settings
---------------------
ethtool <ethX>
=========================
Output example:
Viewing adapter settings
------------------------
::
ethtool <ethX>
Output example::
Settings for enp1s0:
Supported ports: [ TP ]
Supported link modes: 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
10000baseT/Full
2500baseT/Full
5000baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
10000baseT/Full
2500baseT/Full
5000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
10000baseT/Full
2500baseT/Full
5000baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
10000baseT/Full
2500baseT/Full
5000baseT/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
@ -92,16 +105,22 @@ Supported ethtool options
Wake-on: d
Link detected: yes
---
Note: AQrate speeds (2.5/5 Gb/s) will be displayed only with linux kernels > 4.10.
But you can still use these speeds:
.. note::
AQrate speeds (2.5/5 Gb/s) will be displayed only with linux kernels > 4.10.
But you can still use these speeds::
ethtool -s eth0 autoneg off speed 2500
Viewing adapter information
---------------------
ethtool -i <ethX>
Viewing adapter information
---------------------------
Output example:
::
ethtool -i <ethX>
Output example::
driver: atlantic
version: 5.2.0-050200rc5-generic-kern
@ -115,12 +134,16 @@ Supported ethtool options
supports-priv-flags: no
Viewing Ethernet adapter statistics:
---------------------
ethtool -S <ethX>
Viewing Ethernet adapter statistics
-----------------------------------
Output example:
NIC statistics:
::
ethtool -S <ethX>
Output example::
NIC statistics:
InPackets: 13238607
InUCast: 13293852
InMCast: 52
@ -164,85 +187,95 @@ Supported ethtool options
Queue[3] InLroPackets: 0
Queue[3] InErrors: 0
Interrupt coalescing support
---------------------------------
ITR mode, TX/RX coalescing timings could be viewed with:
Interrupt coalescing support
----------------------------
ethtool -c <ethX>
ITR mode, TX/RX coalescing timings could be viewed with::
and changed with:
ethtool -c <ethX>
ethtool -C <ethX> tx-usecs <usecs> rx-usecs <usecs>
and changed with::
To disable coalescing:
ethtool -C <ethX> tx-usecs <usecs> rx-usecs <usecs>
ethtool -C <ethX> tx-usecs 0 rx-usecs 0 tx-max-frames 1 tx-max-frames 1
To disable coalescing::
Wake on LAN support
---------------------------------
ethtool -C <ethX> tx-usecs 0 rx-usecs 0 tx-max-frames 1 tx-max-frames 1
WOL support by magic packet:
Wake on LAN support
-------------------
ethtool -s <ethX> wol g
WOL support by magic packet::
To disable WOL:
ethtool -s <ethX> wol g
ethtool -s <ethX> wol d
To disable WOL::
Set and check the driver message level
---------------------------------
ethtool -s <ethX> wol d
Set and check the driver message level
--------------------------------------
Set message level
ethtool -s <ethX> msglvl <level>
::
ethtool -s <ethX> msglvl <level>
Level values:
0x0001 - general driver status.
0x0002 - hardware probing.
0x0004 - link state.
0x0008 - periodic status check.
0x0010 - interface being brought down.
0x0020 - interface being brought up.
0x0040 - receive error.
0x0080 - transmit error.
0x0200 - interrupt handling.
0x0400 - transmit completion.
0x0800 - receive completion.
0x1000 - packet contents.
0x2000 - hardware status.
0x4000 - Wake-on-LAN status.
====== =============================
0x0001 general driver status.
0x0002 hardware probing.
0x0004 link state.
0x0008 periodic status check.
0x0010 interface being brought down.
0x0020 interface being brought up.
0x0040 receive error.
0x0080 transmit error.
0x0200 interrupt handling.
0x0400 transmit completion.
0x0800 receive completion.
0x1000 packet contents.
0x2000 hardware status.
0x4000 Wake-on-LAN status.
====== =============================
By default, the level of debugging messages is set 0x0001(general driver status).
Check message level
ethtool <ethX> | grep "Current message level"
::
If you want to disable the output of messages
ethtool <ethX> | grep "Current message level"
ethtool -s <ethX> msglvl 0
If you want to disable the output of messages::
ethtool -s <ethX> msglvl 0
RX flow rules (ntuple filters)
------------------------------
RX flow rules (ntuple filters)
---------------------------------
There are separate rules supported, that applies in that order:
1. 16 VLAN ID rules
2. 16 L2 EtherType rules
3. 8 L3/L4 5-Tuple rules
The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for configuring ntuple filters,
via "ethtool -N <device> <filter>".
via ``ethtool -N <device> <filter>``.
To enable or disable the RX flow rules:
To enable or disable the RX flow rules::
ethtool -K ethX ntuple <on|off>
ethtool -K ethX ntuple <on|off>
When disabling ntuple filters, all the user programed filters are
flushed from the driver cache and hardware. All needed filters must
be re-added when ntuple is re-enabled.
Because of the fixed order of the rules, the location of filters is also fixed:
- Locations 0 - 15 for VLAN ID filters
- Locations 16 - 31 for L2 EtherType filters
- Locations 32 - 39 for L3/L4 5-tuple filters (locations 32, 36 for IPv6)
@ -253,32 +286,34 @@ Supported ethtool options
addresses can be supported. Source and destination ports are only compared for
TCP/UDP/SCTP packets.
To add a filter that directs packet to queue 5, use <-N|-U|--config-nfc|--config-ntuple> switch:
To add a filter that directs packet to queue 5, use
``<-N|-U|--config-nfc|--config-ntuple>`` switch::
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type udp4 src-ip 10.0.0.1 dst-ip 10.0.0.2 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 action 5 <loc 32>
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type udp4 src-ip 10.0.0.1 dst-ip 10.0.0.2 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 action 5 <loc 32>
- action is the queue number.
- loc is the rule number.
For "flow-type ip4|udp4|tcp4|sctp4|ip6|udp6|tcp6|sctp6" you must set the loc
For ``flow-type ip4|udp4|tcp4|sctp4|ip6|udp6|tcp6|sctp6`` you must set the loc
number within 32 - 39.
For "flow-type ip4|udp4|tcp4|sctp4|ip6|udp6|tcp6|sctp6" you can set 8 rules
For ``flow-type ip4|udp4|tcp4|sctp4|ip6|udp6|tcp6|sctp6`` you can set 8 rules
for traffic IPv4 or you can set 2 rules for traffic IPv6. Loc number traffic
IPv6 is 32 and 36.
At the moment you can not use IPv4 and IPv6 filters at the same time.
Example filter for IPv6 filter traffic:
Example filter for IPv6 filter traffic::
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type tcp6 src-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::1 dst-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::2 action 1 loc 32
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip6 src-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::2 dst-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::5 action -1 loc 36
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type tcp6 src-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::1 dst-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::2 action 1 loc 32
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip6 src-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::2 dst-ip 2001:db8:0:f101::5 action -1 loc 36
Example filter for IPv4 filter traffic:
Example filter for IPv4 filter traffic::
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type udp4 src-ip 10.0.0.4 dst-ip 10.0.0.7 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 loc 32
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 10.0.0.3 dst-ip 10.0.0.9 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 loc 33
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip4 src-ip 10.0.0.6 dst-ip 10.0.0.4 loc 34
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type udp4 src-ip 10.0.0.4 dst-ip 10.0.0.7 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 loc 32
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 10.0.0.3 dst-ip 10.0.0.9 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 loc 33
sudo ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip4 src-ip 10.0.0.6 dst-ip 10.0.0.4 loc 34
If you set action -1, then all traffic corresponding to the filter will be discarded.
The maximum value action is 31.
@ -287,8 +322,9 @@ Supported ethtool options
from L2 Ethertype filter with UserPriority since both User Priority and VLAN ID
are passed in the same 'vlan' parameter.
To add a filter that directs packets from VLAN 2001 to queue 5:
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip4 vlan 2001 m 0xF000 action 1 loc 0
To add a filter that directs packets from VLAN 2001 to queue 5::
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ip4 vlan 2001 m 0xF000 action 1 loc 0
L2 EtherType filters allows filter packet by EtherType field or both EtherType
@ -297,17 +333,17 @@ Supported ethtool options
distinguish VLAN filter from L2 Ethertype filter with UserPriority since both
User Priority and VLAN ID are passed in the same 'vlan' parameter.
To add a filter that directs IP4 packess of priority 3 to queue 3:
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ether proto 0x800 vlan 0x600 m 0x1FFF action 3 loc 16
To add a filter that directs IP4 packess of priority 3 to queue 3::
ethtool -N <ethX> flow-type ether proto 0x800 vlan 0x600 m 0x1FFF action 3 loc 16
To see the list of filters currently present:
To see the list of filters currently present::
ethtool <-u|-n|--show-nfc|--show-ntuple> <ethX>
ethtool <-u|-n|--show-nfc|--show-ntuple> <ethX>
Rules may be deleted from the table itself. This is done using:
Rules may be deleted from the table itself. This is done using::
sudo ethtool <-N|-U|--config-nfc|--config-ntuple> <ethX> delete <loc>
sudo ethtool <-N|-U|--config-nfc|--config-ntuple> <ethX> delete <loc>
- loc is the rule number to be deleted.
@ -316,34 +352,37 @@ Supported ethtool options
case, any flow that matches the filter criteria will be directed to the
appropriate queue. RX filters is supported on all kernels 2.6.30 and later.
RSS for UDP
---------------------------------
RSS for UDP
-----------
Currently, NIC does not support RSS for fragmented IP packets, which leads to
incorrect working of RSS for fragmented UDP traffic. To disable RSS for UDP the
RX Flow L3/L4 rule may be used.
Example:
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type udp4 action 0 loc 32
Example::
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type udp4 action 0 loc 32
UDP GSO hardware offload
------------------------
UDP GSO hardware offload
---------------------------------
UDP GSO allows to boost UDP tx rates by offloading UDP headers allocation
into hardware. A special userspace socket option is required for this,
could be validated with /kernel/tools/testing/selftests/net/
could be validated with /kernel/tools/testing/selftests/net/::
udpgso_bench_tx -u -4 -D 10.0.1.1 -s 6300 -S 100
Will cause sending out of 100 byte sized UDP packets formed from single
6300 bytes user buffer.
UDP GSO is configured by:
UDP GSO is configured by::
ethtool -K eth0 tx-udp-segmentation on
Private flags (testing)
---------------------------------
Private flags (testing)
-----------------------
Atlantic driver supports private flags for hardware custom features:
Atlantic driver supports private flags for hardware custom features::
$ ethtool --show-priv-flags ethX
@ -354,7 +393,7 @@ Supported ethtool options
PHYInternalLoopback: off
PHYExternalLoopback: off
Example:
Example::
$ ethtool --set-priv-flags ethX DMASystemLoopback on
@ -370,93 +409,130 @@ Command Line Parameters
The following command line parameters are available on atlantic driver:
aq_itr -Interrupt throttling mode
----------------------------------------
---------------------------------
Accepted values: 0, 1, 0xFFFF
Default value: 0xFFFF
0 - Disable interrupt throttling.
1 - Enable interrupt throttling and use specified tx and rx rates.
0xFFFF - Auto throttling mode. Driver will choose the best RX and TX
interrupt throtting settings based on link speed.
====== ==============================================================
0 Disable interrupt throttling.
1 Enable interrupt throttling and use specified tx and rx rates.
0xFFFF Auto throttling mode. Driver will choose the best RX and TX
interrupt throtting settings based on link speed.
====== ==============================================================
aq_itr_tx - TX interrupt throttle rate
----------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
Accepted values: 0 - 0x1FF
Default value: 0
TX side throttling in microseconds. Adapter will setup maximum interrupt delay
to this value. Minimum interrupt delay will be a half of this value
aq_itr_rx - RX interrupt throttle rate
----------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
Accepted values: 0 - 0x1FF
Default value: 0
RX side throttling in microseconds. Adapter will setup maximum interrupt delay
to this value. Minimum interrupt delay will be a half of this value
Note: ITR settings could be changed in runtime by ethtool -c means (see below)
.. note::
ITR settings could be changed in runtime by ethtool -c means (see below)
Config file parameters
=======================
======================
For some fine tuning and performance optimizations,
some parameters can be changed in the {source_dir}/aq_cfg.h file.
AQ_CFG_RX_PAGEORDER
----------------------------------------
-------------------
Default value: 0
RX page order override. Thats a power of 2 number of RX pages allocated for
each descriptor. Received descriptor size is still limited by AQ_CFG_RX_FRAME_MAX.
each descriptor. Received descriptor size is still limited by
AQ_CFG_RX_FRAME_MAX.
Increasing pageorder makes page reuse better (actual on iommu enabled systems).
AQ_CFG_RX_REFILL_THRES
----------------------------------------
----------------------
Default value: 32
RX refill threshold. RX path will not refill freed descriptors until the
specified number of free descriptors is observed. Larger values may help
better page reuse but may lead to packet drops as well.
AQ_CFG_VECS_DEF
------------------------------------------------------------
---------------
Number of queues
Valid Range: 0 - 8 (up to AQ_CFG_VECS_MAX)
Default value: 8
Notice this value will be capped by the number of cores available on the system.
AQ_CFG_IS_RSS_DEF
------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------
Enable/disable Receive Side Scaling
This feature allows the adapter to distribute receive processing
across multiple CPU-cores and to prevent from overloading a single CPU core.
Valid values
0 - disabled
1 - enabled
== ========
0 disabled
1 enabled
== ========
Default value: 1
AQ_CFG_NUM_RSS_QUEUES_DEF
------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------
Number of queues for Receive Side Scaling
Valid Range: 0 - 8 (up to AQ_CFG_VECS_DEF)
Default value: AQ_CFG_VECS_DEF
AQ_CFG_IS_LRO_DEF
------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------
Enable/disable Large Receive Offload
This offload enables the adapter to coalesce multiple TCP segments and indicate
them as a single coalesced unit to the OS networking subsystem.
The system consumes less energy but it also introduces more latency in packets processing.
The system consumes less energy but it also introduces more latency in packets
processing.
Valid values
0 - disabled
1 - enabled
== ========
0 disabled
1 enabled
== ========
Default value: 1
AQ_CFG_TX_CLEAN_BUDGET
----------------------------------------
----------------------
Maximum descriptors to cleanup on TX at once.
Default value: 256
After the aq_cfg.h file changed the driver must be rebuilt to take effect.
@ -472,7 +548,8 @@ License
=======
aQuantia Corporation Network Driver
Copyright(c) 2014 - 2019 aQuantia Corporation.
Copyright |copy| 2014 - 2019 aQuantia Corporation.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,

183
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/chelsio/cxgb.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/chelsio/cxgb.rst
View File

@ -1,13 +1,18 @@
Chelsio N210 10Gb Ethernet Network Controller
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
Driver Release Notes for Linux
=============================================
Chelsio N210 10Gb Ethernet Network Controller
=============================================
Version 2.1.1
Driver Release Notes for Linux
June 20, 2005
Version 2.1.1
June 20, 2005
.. Contents
CONTENTS
========
INTRODUCTION
FEATURES
PERFORMANCE
@ -16,7 +21,7 @@ CONTENTS
SUPPORT
INTRODUCTION
Introduction
============
This document describes the Linux driver for Chelsio 10Gb Ethernet Network
@ -24,11 +29,11 @@ INTRODUCTION
compatible with the Chelsio N110 model 10Gb NICs.
FEATURES
Features
========
Adaptive Interrupts (adaptive-rx)
---------------------------------
Adaptive Interrupts (adaptive-rx)
---------------------------------
This feature provides an adaptive algorithm that adjusts the interrupt
coalescing parameters, allowing the driver to dynamically adapt the latency
@ -39,24 +44,24 @@ FEATURES
ethtool manpage for additional usage information.
By default, adaptive-rx is disabled.
To enable adaptive-rx:
To enable adaptive-rx::
ethtool -C <interface> adaptive-rx on
To disable adaptive-rx, use ethtool:
To disable adaptive-rx, use ethtool::
ethtool -C <interface> adaptive-rx off
After disabling adaptive-rx, the timer latency value will be set to 50us.
You may set the timer latency after disabling adaptive-rx:
You may set the timer latency after disabling adaptive-rx::
ethtool -C <interface> rx-usecs <microseconds>
An example to set the timer latency value to 100us on eth0:
An example to set the timer latency value to 100us on eth0::
ethtool -C eth0 rx-usecs 100
You may also provide a timer latency value while disabling adaptive-rx:
You may also provide a timer latency value while disabling adaptive-rx::
ethtool -C <interface> adaptive-rx off rx-usecs <microseconds>
@ -64,13 +69,13 @@ FEATURES
will be set to the specified value until changed by the user or until
adaptive-rx is enabled.
To view the status of the adaptive-rx and timer latency values:
To view the status of the adaptive-rx and timer latency values::
ethtool -c <interface>
TCP Segmentation Offloading (TSO) Support
-----------------------------------------
TCP Segmentation Offloading (TSO) Support
-----------------------------------------
This feature, also known as "large send", enables a system's protocol stack
to offload portions of outbound TCP processing to a network interface card
@ -80,20 +85,20 @@ FEATURES
Please see the ethtool manpage for additional usage information.
By default, TSO is enabled.
To disable TSO:
To disable TSO::
ethtool -K <interface> tso off
To enable TSO:
To enable TSO::
ethtool -K <interface> tso on
To view the status of TSO:
To view the status of TSO::
ethtool -k <interface>
PERFORMANCE
Performance
===========
The following information is provided as an example of how to change system
@ -111,59 +116,81 @@ PERFORMANCE
your system. You may want to write a script that runs at boot-up which
includes the optimal settings for your system.
Setting PCI Latency Timer:
setpci -d 1425:* 0x0c.l=0x0000F800
Setting PCI Latency Timer::
setpci -d 1425::
* 0x0c.l=0x0000F800
Disabling TCP timestamp::
Disabling TCP timestamp:
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps=0
Disabling SACK:
Disabling SACK::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_sack=0
Setting large number of incoming connection requests:
Setting large number of incoming connection requests::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_max_syn_backlog=3000
Setting maximum receive socket buffer size:
Setting maximum receive socket buffer size::
sysctl -w net.core.rmem_max=1024000
Setting maximum send socket buffer size:
Setting maximum send socket buffer size::
sysctl -w net.core.wmem_max=1024000
Set smp_affinity (on a multiprocessor system) to a single CPU:
Set smp_affinity (on a multiprocessor system) to a single CPU::
echo 1 > /proc/irq/<interrupt_number>/smp_affinity
Setting default receive socket buffer size:
Setting default receive socket buffer size::
sysctl -w net.core.rmem_default=524287
Setting default send socket buffer size:
Setting default send socket buffer size::
sysctl -w net.core.wmem_default=524287
Setting maximum option memory buffers:
Setting maximum option memory buffers::
sysctl -w net.core.optmem_max=524287
Setting maximum backlog (# of unprocessed packets before kernel drops):
Setting maximum backlog (# of unprocessed packets before kernel drops)::
sysctl -w net.core.netdev_max_backlog=300000
Setting TCP read buffers (min/default/max):
Setting TCP read buffers (min/default/max)::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
Setting TCP write buffers (min/pressure/max):
Setting TCP write buffers (min/pressure/max)::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
Setting TCP buffer space (min/pressure/max):
Setting TCP buffer space (min/pressure/max)::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_mem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
TCP window size for single connections:
The receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size must be at least as large as the
Bandwidth-Delay Product of the communication link between the sender and
receiver. Due to the variations of RTT, you may want to increase the buffer
size up to 2 times the Bandwidth-Delay Product. Reference page 289 of
"TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1, The Protocols" by W. Richard Stevens.
At 10Gb speeds, use the following formula:
At 10Gb speeds, use the following formula::
RX_WINDOW >= 1.25MBytes * RTT(in milliseconds)
Example for RTT with 100us: RX_WINDOW = (1,250,000 * 0.1) = 125,000
RX_WINDOW sizes of 256KB - 512KB should be sufficient.
Setting the min, max, and default receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size:
Setting the min, max, and default receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="<min> <default> <max>"
TCP window size for multiple connections:
@ -174,30 +201,35 @@ PERFORMANCE
not supported on the machine. Experimentation may be necessary to attain
the correct value. This method is provided as a starting point for the
correct receive buffer size.
Setting the min, max, and default receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size is
performed in the same manner as single connection.
DRIVER MESSAGES
Driver Messages
===============
The following messages are the most common messages logged by syslog. These
may be found in /var/log/messages.
Driver up:
Driver up::
Chelsio Network Driver - version 2.1.1
NIC detected:
NIC detected::
eth#: Chelsio N210 1x10GBaseX NIC (rev #), PCIX 133MHz/64-bit
Link up:
Link up::
eth#: link is up at 10 Gbps, full duplex
Link down:
Link down::
eth#: link is down
KNOWN ISSUES
Known Issues
============
These issues have been identified during testing. The following information
@ -214,27 +246,33 @@ KNOWN ISSUES
To eliminate the TCP retransmits, set smp_affinity on the particular
interrupt to a single CPU. You can locate the interrupt (IRQ) used on
the N110/N210 by using ifconfig:
ifconfig <dev_name> | grep Interrupt
Set the smp_affinity to a single CPU:
echo 1 > /proc/irq/<interrupt_number>/smp_affinity
the N110/N210 by using ifconfig::
ifconfig <dev_name> | grep Interrupt
Set the smp_affinity to a single CPU::
echo 1 > /proc/irq/<interrupt_number>/smp_affinity
It is highly suggested that you do not run the irqbalance daemon on your
system, as this will change any smp_affinity setting you have applied.
The irqbalance daemon runs on a 10 second interval and binds interrupts
to the least loaded CPU determined by the daemon. To disable this daemon:
chkconfig --level 2345 irqbalance off
to the least loaded CPU determined by the daemon. To disable this daemon::
chkconfig --level 2345 irqbalance off
By default, some Linux distributions enable the kernel feature,
irqbalance, which performs the same function as the daemon. To disable
this feature, add the following line to your bootloader:
noirqbalance
this feature, add the following line to your bootloader::
Example using the Grub bootloader:
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS (2.4.21-27.ELsmp)
root (hd0,0)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.4.21-27.ELsmp ro root=/dev/hda3 noirqbalance
initrd /initrd-2.4.21-27.ELsmp.img
noirqbalance
Example using the Grub bootloader::
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS (2.4.21-27.ELsmp)
root (hd0,0)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.4.21-27.ELsmp ro root=/dev/hda3 noirqbalance
initrd /initrd-2.4.21-27.ELsmp.img
2. After running insmod, the driver is loaded and the incorrect network
interface is brought up without running ifup.
@ -277,12 +315,13 @@ KNOWN ISSUES
AMD's provides three workarounds for this problem, however, Chelsio
recommends the first option for best performance with this bug:
For 133Mhz secondary bus operation, limit the transaction length and
the number of outstanding transactions, via BIOS configuration
programming of the PCI-X card, to the following:
For 133Mhz secondary bus operation, limit the transaction length and
the number of outstanding transactions, via BIOS configuration
programming of the PCI-X card, to the following:
Data Length (bytes): 1k
Total allowed outstanding transactions: 2
Data Length (bytes): 1k
Total allowed outstanding transactions: 2
Please refer to AMD 8131-HT/PCI-X Errata 26310 Rev 3.08 August 2004,
section 56, "133-MHz Mode Split Completion Data Corruption" for more
@ -293,8 +332,10 @@ KNOWN ISSUES
have issues with these settings, please revert to the "safe" settings
and duplicate the problem before submitting a bug or asking for support.
NOTE: The default setting on most systems is 8 outstanding transactions
and 2k bytes data length.
.. note::
The default setting on most systems is 8 outstanding transactions
and 2k bytes data length.
4. On multiprocessor systems, it has been noted that an application which
is handling 10Gb networking can switch between CPUs causing degraded
@ -320,14 +361,16 @@ KNOWN ISSUES
particular CPU: runon 0 ifup eth0
SUPPORT
Support
=======
If you have problems with the software or hardware, please contact our
customer support team via email at support@chelsio.com or check our website
at http://www.chelsio.com
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
::
Chelsio Communications
370 San Aleso Ave.
@ -343,10 +386,8 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS`` AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Copyright (c) 2003-2005 Chelsio Communications. All rights reserved.
===============================================================================
Copyright |copy| 2003-2005 Chelsio Communications. All rights reserved.

545
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/cirrus/cs89x0.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/cirrus/cs89x0.rst
View File

@ -1,79 +1,84 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
NOTE
----
================================================
Cirrus Logic LAN CS8900/CS8920 Ethernet Adapters
================================================
This document was contributed by Cirrus Logic for kernel 2.2.5. This version
has been updated for 2.3.48 by Andrew Morton.
.. note::
This document was contributed by Cirrus Logic for kernel 2.2.5. This version
has been updated for 2.3.48 by Andrew Morton.
Still, this is too outdated! A major cleanup is needed here.
Cirrus make a copy of this driver available at their website, as
described below. In general, you should use the driver version which
comes with your Linux distribution.
CIRRUS LOGIC LAN CS8900/CS8920 ETHERNET ADAPTERS
Linux Network Interface Driver ver. 2.00 <kernel 2.3.48>
===============================================================================
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 CIRRUS LOGIC LAN CS8900/CS8920 ETHERNET ADAPTERS
1.1 Product Overview
1.2 Driver Description
1.2.1 Driver Name
1.2.2 File in the Driver Package
1.3 System Requirements
1.4 Licensing Information
2.0 ADAPTER INSTALLATION and CONFIGURATION
2.1 CS8900-based Adapter Configuration
2.2 CS8920-based Adapter Configuration
3.0 LOADING THE DRIVER AS A MODULE
4.0 COMPILING THE DRIVER
4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module
4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode
4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA
5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 Known Defects and Limitations
5.2 Testing the Adapter
5.2.1 Diagnostic Self-Test
5.2.2 Diagnostic Network Test
5.3 Using the Adapter's LEDs
5.4 Resolving I/O Conflicts
6.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
6.1 Contacting Cirrus Logic's Technical Support
6.2 Information Required Before Contacting Technical Support
6.3 Obtaining the Latest Driver Version
6.4 Current maintainer
6.5 Kernel boot parameters
1.0 CIRRUS LOGIC LAN CS8900/CS8920 ETHERNET ADAPTERS
===============================================================================
.. TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 CIRRUS LOGIC LAN CS8900/CS8920 ETHERNET ADAPTERS
1.1 Product Overview
1.2 Driver Description
1.2.1 Driver Name
1.2.2 File in the Driver Package
1.3 System Requirements
1.4 Licensing Information
2.0 ADAPTER INSTALLATION and CONFIGURATION
2.1 CS8900-based Adapter Configuration
2.2 CS8920-based Adapter Configuration
3.0 LOADING THE DRIVER AS A MODULE
4.0 COMPILING THE DRIVER
4.1 Compiling the Driver as a Loadable Module
4.2 Compiling the driver to support memory mode
4.3 Compiling the driver to support Rx DMA
5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 Known Defects and Limitations
5.2 Testing the Adapter
5.2.1 Diagnostic Self-Test
5.2.2 Diagnostic Network Test
5.3 Using the Adapter's LEDs
5.4 Resolving I/O Conflicts
6.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
6.1 Contacting Cirrus Logic's Technical Support
6.2 Information Required Before Contacting Technical Support
6.3 Obtaining the Latest Driver Version
6.4 Current maintainer
6.5 Kernel boot parameters
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1. Cirrus Logic LAN CS8900/CS8920 Ethernet Adapters
===================================================
The CS8900-based ISA Ethernet Adapters from Cirrus Logic follow
IEEE 802.3 standards and support half or full-duplex operation in ISA bus
computers on 10 Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapters are designed for operation
in 16-bit ISA or EISA bus expansion slots and are available in
10BaseT-only or 3-media configurations (10BaseT, 10Base2, and AUI for 10Base-5
or fiber networks).
CS8920-based adapters are similar to the CS8900-based adapter with additional
features for Plug and Play (PnP) support and Wakeup Frame recognition. As
such, the configuration procedures differ somewhat between the two types of
adapters. Refer to the "Adapter Configuration" section for details on
1.1. Product Overview
=====================
The CS8900-based ISA Ethernet Adapters from Cirrus Logic follow
IEEE 802.3 standards and support half or full-duplex operation in ISA bus
computers on 10 Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapters are designed for operation
in 16-bit ISA or EISA bus expansion slots and are available in
10BaseT-only or 3-media configurations (10BaseT, 10Base2, and AUI for 10Base-5
or fiber networks).
CS8920-based adapters are similar to the CS8900-based adapter with additional
features for Plug and Play (PnP) support and Wakeup Frame recognition. As
such, the configuration procedures differ somewhat between the two types of
adapters. Refer to the "Adapter Configuration" section for details on
configuring both types of adapters.
1.2 DRIVER DESCRIPTION
1.2. Driver Description
=======================
The CS8900/CS8920 Ethernet Adapter driver for Linux supports the Linux
v2.3.48 or greater kernel. It can be compiled directly into the kernel
@ -85,22 +90,25 @@ or loaded at run-time as a device driver module.
The files in the driver at Cirrus' website include:
readme.txt - this file
build - batch file to compile cs89x0.c.
cs89x0.c - driver C code
cs89x0.h - driver header file
cs89x0.o - pre-compiled module (for v2.2.5 kernel)
config/Config.in - sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
config/Makefile - sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
config/Space.c - sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
=================== ====================================================
readme.txt this file
build batch file to compile cs89x0.c.
cs89x0.c driver C code
cs89x0.h driver header file
cs89x0.o pre-compiled module (for v2.2.5 kernel)
config/Config.in sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
config/Makefile sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
config/Space.c sample file to include cs89x0 driver in the kernel.
=================== ====================================================
1.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
1.3. System Requirements
------------------------
The following hardware is required:
* Cirrus Logic LAN (CS8900/20-based) Ethernet ISA Adapter
* Cirrus Logic LAN (CS8900/20-based) Ethernet ISA Adapter
* IBM or IBM-compatible PC with:
* An 80386 or higher processor
@ -118,20 +126,21 @@ The following software is required:
* LINUX kernel sources for your kernel (if compiling into kernel)
* GNU Toolkit (gcc and make) v2.6 or above (if compiling into kernel
or a module)
* GNU Toolkit (gcc and make) v2.6 or above (if compiling into kernel
or a module)
1.4 LICENSING INFORMATION
1.4. Licensing Information
--------------------------
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation, version 1.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
For a full copy of the GNU General Public License, write to the Free Software
@ -139,28 +148,29 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
2.0 ADAPTER INSTALLATION and CONFIGURATION
===============================================================================
2. Adapter Installation and Configuration
=========================================
Both the CS8900 and CS8920-based adapters can be configured using parameters
stored in an on-board EEPROM. You must use the DOS-based CS8900/20 Setup
Utility if you want to change the adapter's configuration in EEPROM.
Both the CS8900 and CS8920-based adapters can be configured using parameters
stored in an on-board EEPROM. You must use the DOS-based CS8900/20 Setup
Utility if you want to change the adapter's configuration in EEPROM.
When loading the driver as a module, you can specify many of the adapter's
configuration parameters on the command-line to override the EEPROM's settings
or for interface configuration when an EEPROM is not used. (CS8920-based
When loading the driver as a module, you can specify many of the adapter's
configuration parameters on the command-line to override the EEPROM's settings
or for interface configuration when an EEPROM is not used. (CS8920-based
adapters must use an EEPROM.) See Section 3.0 LOADING THE DRIVER AS A MODULE.
Since the CS8900/20 Setup Utility is a DOS-based application, you must install
and configure the adapter in a DOS-based system using the CS8900/20 Setup
Utility before installation in the target LINUX system. (Not required if
Since the CS8900/20 Setup Utility is a DOS-based application, you must install
and configure the adapter in a DOS-based system using the CS8900/20 Setup
Utility before installation in the target LINUX system. (Not required if
installing a CS8900-based adapter and the default configuration is acceptable.)
2.1 CS8900-BASED ADAPTER CONFIGURATION
CS8900-based adapters shipped from Cirrus Logic have been configured
with the following "default" settings:
2.1. CS8900-based Adapter Configuration
---------------------------------------
CS8900-based adapters shipped from Cirrus Logic have been configured
with the following "default" settings::
Operation Mode: Memory Mode
IRQ: 10
@ -169,15 +179,16 @@ with the following "default" settings:
Optimization: DOS Client
Transmission Mode: Half-duplex
BootProm: None
Media Type: Autodetect (3-media cards) or
10BASE-T (10BASE-T only adapter)
Media Type: Autodetect (3-media cards) or
10BASE-T (10BASE-T only adapter)
You should only change the default configuration settings if conflicts with
another adapter exists. To change the adapter's configuration, run the
CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
You should only change the default configuration settings if conflicts with
another adapter exists. To change the adapter's configuration, run the
CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
2.2 CS8920-BASED ADAPTER CONFIGURATION
2.2. CS8920-based Adapter Configuration
---------------------------------------
CS8920-based adapters are shipped from Cirrus Logic configured as Plug
and Play (PnP) enabled. However, since the cs89x0 driver does NOT
@ -185,82 +196,83 @@ support PnP, you must install the CS8920 adapter in a DOS-based PC and
run the CS8900/20 Setup Utility to disable PnP and configure the
adapter before installation in the target Linux system. Failure to do
this will leave the adapter inactive and the driver will be unable to
communicate with the adapter.
communicate with the adapter.
::
****************************************************************
* CS8920-BASED ADAPTERS: *
* *
* CS8920-BASED ADAPTERS ARE PLUG and PLAY ENABLED BY DEFAULT. *
* THE CS89X0 DRIVER DOES NOT SUPPORT PnP. THEREFORE, YOU MUST *
* RUN THE CS8900/20 SETUP UTILITY TO DISABLE PnP SUPPORT AND *
* TO ACTIVATE THE ADAPTER. *
****************************************************************
****************************************************************
* CS8920-BASED ADAPTERS: *
* *
* CS8920-BASED ADAPTERS ARE PLUG and PLAY ENABLED BY DEFAULT. *
* THE CS89X0 DRIVER DOES NOT SUPPORT PnP. THEREFORE, YOU MUST *
* RUN THE CS8900/20 SETUP UTILITY TO DISABLE PnP SUPPORT AND *
* TO ACTIVATE THE ADAPTER. *
****************************************************************
3.0 LOADING THE DRIVER AS A MODULE
===============================================================================
3. Loading the Driver as a Module
=================================
If the driver is compiled as a loadable module, you can load the driver module
with the 'modprobe' command. Many of the adapter's configuration parameters can
be specified as command-line arguments to the load command. This facility
provides a means to override the EEPROM's settings or for interface
with the 'modprobe' command. Many of the adapter's configuration parameters can
be specified as command-line arguments to the load command. This facility
provides a means to override the EEPROM's settings or for interface
configuration when an EEPROM is not used.
Example:
Example::
insmod cs89x0.o io=0x200 irq=0xA media=aui
This example loads the module and configures the adapter to use an IO port base
address of 200h, interrupt 10, and use the AUI media connection. The following
configuration options are available on the command line:
configuration options are available on the command line::
* io=### - specify IO address (200h-360h)
* irq=## - specify interrupt level
* use_dma=1 - Enable DMA
* dma=# - specify dma channel (Driver is compiled to support
Rx DMA only)
* dmasize=# (16 or 64) - DMA size 16K or 64K. Default value is set to 16.
* media=rj45 - specify media type
io=### - specify IO address (200h-360h)
irq=## - specify interrupt level
use_dma=1 - Enable DMA
dma=# - specify dma channel (Driver is compiled to support
Rx DMA only)
dmasize=# (16 or 64) - DMA size 16K or 64K. Default value is set to 16.
media=rj45 - specify media type
or media=bnc
or media=aui
or media=auto
* duplex=full - specify forced half/full/autonegotiate duplex
duplex=full - specify forced half/full/autonegotiate duplex
or duplex=half
or duplex=auto
* debug=# - debug level (only available if the driver was compiled
for debugging)
debug=# - debug level (only available if the driver was compiled
for debugging)
NOTES:
**Notes:**
a) If an EEPROM is present, any specified command-line parameter
will override the corresponding configuration value stored in
EEPROM.
b) The "io" parameter must be specified on the command-line.
b) The "io" parameter must be specified on the command-line.
c) The driver's hardware probe routine is designed to avoid
writing to I/O space until it knows that there is a cs89x0
card at the written addresses. This could cause problems
with device probing. To avoid this behaviour, add one
to the `io=' module parameter. This doesn't actually change
to the ``io=`` module parameter. This doesn't actually change
the I/O address, but it is a flag to tell the driver
to partially initialise the hardware before trying to
identify the card. This could be dangerous if you are
not sure that there is a cs89x0 card at the provided address.
For example, to scan for an adapter located at IO base 0x300,
specify an IO address of 0x301.
specify an IO address of 0x301.
d) The "duplex=auto" parameter is only supported for the CS8920.
e) The minimum command-line configuration required if an EEPROM is
not present is:
io
irq
io
irq
media type (no autodetect)
f) The following additional parameters are CS89XX defaults (values
@ -282,13 +294,13 @@ h) Many Linux distributions use the 'modprobe' command to load
module when it is loaded. All the configuration options which are
described above may be placed within /etc/conf.modules.
For example:
For example::
> cat /etc/conf.modules
...
alias eth0 cs89x0
options cs89x0 io=0x0200 dma=5 use_dma=1
...
> cat /etc/conf.modules
...
alias eth0 cs89x0
options cs89x0 io=0x0200 dma=5 use_dma=1
...
In this example we are telling the module system that the
ethernet driver for this machine should use the cs89x0 driver. We
@ -305,9 +317,9 @@ j) The cs89x0 supports DMA for receiving only. DMA mode is
k) If your Linux kernel was compiled with inbuilt plug-and-play
support you will be able to find information about the cs89x0 card
with the command
with the command::
cat /proc/isapnp
cat /proc/isapnp
l) If during DMA operation you find erratic behavior or network data
corruption you should use your PC's BIOS to slow the EISA bus clock.
@ -321,11 +333,11 @@ n) If the cs89x0 driver is compiled directly into the kernel, DMA
mode may be selected by providing the kernel with a boot option
'cs89x0_dma=N' where 'N' is the desired DMA channel number (5, 6 or 7).
Kernel boot options may be provided on the LILO command line:
Kernel boot options may be provided on the LILO command line::
LILO boot: linux cs89x0_dma=5
or they may be placed in /etc/lilo.conf:
or they may be placed in /etc/lilo.conf::
image=/boot/bzImage-2.3.48
append="cs89x0_dma=5"
@ -337,237 +349,246 @@ n) If the cs89x0 driver is compiled directly into the kernel, DMA
(64k mode is not available).
4.0 COMPILING THE DRIVER
===============================================================================
4. Compiling the Driver
=======================
The cs89x0 driver can be compiled directly into the kernel or compiled into
a loadable device driver module.
Just use the standard way to configure the driver and compile the Kernel.
4.1 COMPILING THE DRIVER AS A LOADABLE MODULE
To compile the driver into a loadable module, use the following command
(single command line, without quotes):
"gcc -D__KERNEL__ -I/usr/src/linux/include -I/usr/src/linux/net/inet -Wall
-Wstrict-prototypes -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer -DMODULE -DCONFIG_MODVERSIONS
-c cs89x0.c"
4.2 COMPILING THE DRIVER TO SUPPORT MEMORY MODE
Support for memory mode was not carried over into the 2.3 series kernels.
4.3 COMPILING THE DRIVER TO SUPPORT Rx DMA
4.1. Compiling the Driver to Support Rx DMA
-------------------------------------------
The compile-time optionality for DMA was removed in the 2.3 kernel
series. DMA support is now unconditionally part of the driver. It is
enabled by the 'use_dma=1' module option.
5.0 TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
===============================================================================
5. Testing and Troubleshooting
==============================
5.1 KNOWN DEFECTS and LIMITATIONS
5.1. Known Defects and Limitations
----------------------------------
Refer to the RELEASE.TXT file distributed as part of this archive for a list of
Refer to the RELEASE.TXT file distributed as part of this archive for a list of
known defects, driver limitations, and work arounds.
5.2 TESTING THE ADAPTER
5.2. Testing the Adapter
------------------------
Once the adapter has been installed and configured, the diagnostic option of
the CS8900/20 Setup Utility can be used to test the functionality of the
Once the adapter has been installed and configured, the diagnostic option of
the CS8900/20 Setup Utility can be used to test the functionality of the
adapter and its network connection. Use the diagnostics 'Self Test' option to
test the functionality of the adapter with the hardware configuration you have
assigned. You can use the diagnostics 'Network Test' to test the ability of the
adapter to communicate across the Ethernet with another PC equipped with a
CS8900/20-based adapter card (it must also be running the CS8900/20 Setup
adapter to communicate across the Ethernet with another PC equipped with a
CS8900/20-based adapter card (it must also be running the CS8900/20 Setup
Utility).
NOTE: The Setup Utility's diagnostics are designed to run in a
DOS-only operating system environment. DO NOT run the diagnostics
from a DOS or command prompt session under Windows 95, Windows NT,
OS/2, or other operating system.
.. note::
The Setup Utility's diagnostics are designed to run in a
DOS-only operating system environment. DO NOT run the diagnostics
from a DOS or command prompt session under Windows 95, Windows NT,
OS/2, or other operating system.
To run the diagnostics tests on the CS8900/20 adapter:
1.) Boot DOS on the PC and start the CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
1. Boot DOS on the PC and start the CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
2.) The adapter's current configuration is displayed. Hit the ENTER key to
2. The adapter's current configuration is displayed. Hit the ENTER key to
get to the main menu.
4.) Select 'Diagnostics' (ALT-G) from the main menu.
4. Select 'Diagnostics' (ALT-G) from the main menu.
* Select 'Self-Test' to test the adapter's basic functionality.
* Select 'Network Test' to test the network connection and cabling.
5.2.1 DIAGNOSTIC SELF-TEST
5.2.1. Diagnostic Self-test
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The diagnostic self-test checks the adapter's basic functionality as well as
its ability to communicate across the ISA bus based on the system resources
The diagnostic self-test checks the adapter's basic functionality as well as
its ability to communicate across the ISA bus based on the system resources
assigned during hardware configuration. The following tests are performed:
* IO Register Read/Write Test
The IO Register Read/Write test insures that the CS8900/20 can be
The IO Register Read/Write test insures that the CS8900/20 can be
accessed in IO mode, and that the IO base address is correct.
* Shared Memory Test
The Shared Memory test insures the CS8900/20 can be accessed in memory
mode and that the range of memory addresses assigned does not conflict
The Shared Memory test insures the CS8900/20 can be accessed in memory
mode and that the range of memory addresses assigned does not conflict
with other devices in the system.
* Interrupt Test
The Interrupt test insures there are no conflicts with the assigned IRQ
signal.
* EEPROM Test
The EEPROM test insures the EEPROM can be read.
* Chip RAM Test
The Chip RAM test insures the 4K of memory internal to the CS8900/20 is
working properly.
* Internal Loop-back Test
The Internal Loop Back test insures the adapter's transmitter and
receiver are operating properly. If this test fails, make sure the
adapter's cable is connected to the network (check for LED activity for
The Internal Loop Back test insures the adapter's transmitter and
receiver are operating properly. If this test fails, make sure the
adapter's cable is connected to the network (check for LED activity for
example).
* Boot PROM Test
The Boot PROM test insures the Boot PROM is present, and can be read.
Failure indicates the Boot PROM was not successfully read due to a
hardware problem or due to a conflicts on the Boot PROM address
assignment. (Test only applies if the adapter is configured to use the
Boot PROM option.)
Failure of a test item indicates a possible system resource conflict with
another device on the ISA bus. In this case, you should use the Manual Setup
Failure of a test item indicates a possible system resource conflict with
another device on the ISA bus. In this case, you should use the Manual Setup
option to reconfigure the adapter by selecting a different value for the system
resource that failed.
5.2.2 DIAGNOSTIC NETWORK TEST
5.2.2. Diagnostic Network Test
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The Diagnostic Network Test verifies a working network connection by
transferring data between two CS8900/20 adapters installed in different PCs
on the same network. (Note: the diagnostic network test should not be run
between two nodes across a router.)
The Diagnostic Network Test verifies a working network connection by
transferring data between two CS8900/20 adapters installed in different PCs
on the same network. (Note: the diagnostic network test should not be run
between two nodes across a router.)
This test requires that each of the two PCs have a CS8900/20-based adapter
installed and have the CS8900/20 Setup Utility running. The first PC is
configured as a Responder and the other PC is configured as an Initiator.
Once the Initiator is started, it sends data frames to the Responder which
installed and have the CS8900/20 Setup Utility running. The first PC is
configured as a Responder and the other PC is configured as an Initiator.
Once the Initiator is started, it sends data frames to the Responder which
returns the frames to the Initiator.
The total number of frames received and transmitted are displayed on the
Initiator's display, along with a count of the number of frames received and
transmitted OK or in error. The test can be terminated anytime by the user at
The total number of frames received and transmitted are displayed on the
Initiator's display, along with a count of the number of frames received and
transmitted OK or in error. The test can be terminated anytime by the user at
either PC.
To setup the Diagnostic Network Test:
1.) Select a PC with a CS8900/20-based adapter and a known working network
connection to act as the Responder. Run the CS8900/20 Setup Utility
and select 'Diagnostics -> Network Test -> Responder' from the main
menu. Hit ENTER to start the Responder.
1. Select a PC with a CS8900/20-based adapter and a known working network
connection to act as the Responder. Run the CS8900/20 Setup Utility
and select 'Diagnostics -> Network Test -> Responder' from the main
menu. Hit ENTER to start the Responder.
2.) Return to the PC with the CS8900/20-based adapter you want to test and
start the CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
2. Return to the PC with the CS8900/20-based adapter you want to test and
start the CS8900/20 Setup Utility.
3. From the main menu, Select 'Diagnostic -> Network Test -> Initiator'.
Hit ENTER to start the test.
3.) From the main menu, Select 'Diagnostic -> Network Test -> Initiator'.
Hit ENTER to start the test.
You may stop the test on the Initiator at any time while allowing the Responder
to continue running. In this manner, you can move to additional PCs and test
them by starting the Initiator on another PC without having to stop/start the
to continue running. In this manner, you can move to additional PCs and test
them by starting the Initiator on another PC without having to stop/start the
Responder.
5.3 USING THE ADAPTER'S LEDs
The 2 and 3-media adapters have two LEDs visible on the back end of the board
located near the 10Base-T connector.
5.3. Using the Adapter's LEDs
-----------------------------
Link Integrity LED: A "steady" ON of the green LED indicates a valid 10Base-T
The 2 and 3-media adapters have two LEDs visible on the back end of the board
located near the 10Base-T connector.
Link Integrity LED: A "steady" ON of the green LED indicates a valid 10Base-T
connection. (Only applies to 10Base-T. The green LED has no significance for
a 10Base-2 or AUI connection.)
TX/RX LED: The yellow LED lights briefly each time the adapter transmits or
TX/RX LED: The yellow LED lights briefly each time the adapter transmits or
receives data. (The yellow LED will appear to "flicker" on a typical network.)
5.4 RESOLVING I/O CONFLICTS
5.4. Resolving I/O Conflicts
----------------------------
An IO conflict occurs when two or more adapter use the same ISA resource (IO
address, memory address or IRQ). You can usually detect an IO conflict in one
An IO conflict occurs when two or more adapter use the same ISA resource (IO
address, memory address or IRQ). You can usually detect an IO conflict in one
of four ways after installing and or configuring the CS8900/20-based adapter:
1.) The system does not boot properly (or at all).
1. The system does not boot properly (or at all).
2.) The driver cannot communicate with the adapter, reporting an "Adapter
not found" error message.
2. The driver cannot communicate with the adapter, reporting an "Adapter
not found" error message.
3.) You cannot connect to the network or the driver will not load.
3. You cannot connect to the network or the driver will not load.
4.) If you have configured the adapter to run in memory mode but the driver
reports it is using IO mode when loading, this is an indication of a
memory address conflict.
4. If you have configured the adapter to run in memory mode but the driver
reports it is using IO mode when loading, this is an indication of a
memory address conflict.
If an IO conflict occurs, run the CS8900/20 Setup Utility and perform a
diagnostic self-test. Normally, the ISA resource in conflict will fail the
self-test. If so, reconfigure the adapter selecting another choice for the
resource in conflict. Run the diagnostics again to check for further IO
If an IO conflict occurs, run the CS8900/20 Setup Utility and perform a
diagnostic self-test. Normally, the ISA resource in conflict will fail the
self-test. If so, reconfigure the adapter selecting another choice for the
resource in conflict. Run the diagnostics again to check for further IO
conflicts.
In some cases, such as when the PC will not boot, it may be necessary to remove
the adapter and reconfigure it by installing it in another PC to run the
CS8900/20 Setup Utility. Once reinstalled in the target system, run the
diagnostics self-test to ensure the new configuration is free of conflicts
the adapter and reconfigure it by installing it in another PC to run the
CS8900/20 Setup Utility. Once reinstalled in the target system, run the
diagnostics self-test to ensure the new configuration is free of conflicts
before loading the driver again.
When manually configuring the adapter, keep in mind the typical ISA system
When manually configuring the adapter, keep in mind the typical ISA system
resource usage as indicated in the tables below.
I/O Address Device IRQ Device
----------- -------- --- --------
200-20F Game I/O adapter 3 COM2, Bus Mouse
230-23F Bus Mouse 4 COM1
270-27F LPT3: third parallel port 5 LPT2
2F0-2FF COM2: second serial port 6 Floppy Disk controller
320-32F Fixed disk controller 7 LPT1
8 Real-time Clock
9 EGA/VGA display adapter
12 Mouse (PS/2)
Memory Address Device 13 Math Coprocessor
-------------- --------------------- 14 Hard Disk controller
A000-BFFF EGA Graphics Adapter
A000-C7FF VGA Graphics Adapter
B000-BFFF Mono Graphics Adapter
B800-BFFF Color Graphics Adapter
E000-FFFF AT BIOS
::
I/O Address Device IRQ Device
----------- -------- --- --------
200-20F Game I/O adapter 3 COM2, Bus Mouse
230-23F Bus Mouse 4 COM1
270-27F LPT3: third parallel port 5 LPT2
2F0-2FF COM2: second serial port 6 Floppy Disk controller
320-32F Fixed disk controller 7 LPT1
8 Real-time Clock
9 EGA/VGA display adapter
12 Mouse (PS/2)
Memory Address Device 13 Math Coprocessor
-------------- --------------------- 14 Hard Disk controller
A000-BFFF EGA Graphics Adapter
A000-C7FF VGA Graphics Adapter
B000-BFFF Mono Graphics Adapter
B800-BFFF Color Graphics Adapter
E000-FFFF AT BIOS
6.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
===============================================================================
6. Technical Support
====================
6.1 CONTACTING CIRRUS LOGIC'S TECHNICAL SUPPORT
6.1. Contacting Cirrus Logic's Technical Support
------------------------------------------------
Cirrus Logic's CS89XX Technical Application Support can be reached at:
Cirrus Logic's CS89XX Technical Application Support can be reached at::
Telephone :(800) 888-5016 (from inside U.S. and Canada)
:(512) 442-7555 (from outside the U.S. and Canada)
Fax :(512) 912-3871
Email :ethernet@crystal.cirrus.com
WWW :http://www.cirrus.com
Telephone :(800) 888-5016 (from inside U.S. and Canada)
:(512) 442-7555 (from outside the U.S. and Canada)
Fax :(512) 912-3871
Email :ethernet@crystal.cirrus.com
WWW :http://www.cirrus.com
6.2 INFORMATION REQUIRED BEFORE CONTACTING TECHNICAL SUPPORT
6.2. Information Required before Contacting Technical Support
-------------------------------------------------------------
Before contacting Cirrus Logic for technical support, be prepared to provide as
Much of the following information as possible.
Before contacting Cirrus Logic for technical support, be prepared to provide as
Much of the following information as possible.
1.) Adapter type (CRD8900, CDB8900, CDB8920, etc.)
@ -575,7 +596,7 @@ Much of the following information as possible.
* IO Base, Memory Base, IO or memory mode enabled, IRQ, DMA channel
* Plug and Play enabled/disabled (CS8920-based adapters only)
* Configured for media auto-detect or specific media type (which type).
* Configured for media auto-detect or specific media type (which type).
3.) PC System's Configuration
@ -590,35 +611,37 @@ Much of the following information as possible.
* CS89XX driver and version
* Your network operating system and version
* Your system's OS version
* Your system's OS version
* Version of all protocol support files
5.) Any Error Message displayed.
6.3 OBTAINING THE LATEST DRIVER VERSION
6.3 Obtaining the Latest Driver Version
---------------------------------------
You can obtain the latest CS89XX drivers and support software from Cirrus Logic's
You can obtain the latest CS89XX drivers and support software from Cirrus Logic's
Web site. You can also contact Cirrus Logic's Technical Support (email:
ethernet@crystal.cirrus.com) and request that you be registered for automatic
ethernet@crystal.cirrus.com) and request that you be registered for automatic
software-update notification.
Cirrus Logic maintains a web page at http://www.cirrus.com with the
latest drivers and technical publications.
6.4 Current maintainer
6.4. Current maintainer
-----------------------
In February 2000 the maintenance of this driver was assumed by Andrew
Morton.
6.5 Kernel module parameters
----------------------------
For use in embedded environments with no cs89x0 EEPROM, the kernel boot
parameter `cs89x0_media=' has been implemented. Usage is:
parameter ``cs89x0_media=`` has been implemented. Usage is::
cs89x0_media=rj45 or
cs89x0_media=aui or
cs89x0_media=bnc

24
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/davicom/dm9000.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/davicom/dm9000.rst
View File

@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=====================
DM9000 Network driver
=====================
Copyright 2008 Simtec Electronics,
Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk> <ben-linux@fluff.org>
@ -30,9 +34,9 @@ These resources should be specified in that order, as the ordering of the
two address regions is important (the driver expects these to be address
and then data).
An example from arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/mach-bast.c is:
An example from arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/mach-bast.c is::
static struct resource bast_dm9k_resource[] = {
static struct resource bast_dm9k_resource[] = {
[0] = {
.start = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000,
.end = S3C2410_CS5 + BAST_PA_DM9000 + 3,
@ -48,14 +52,14 @@ static struct resource bast_dm9k_resource[] = {
.end = IRQ_DM9000,
.flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ | IORESOURCE_IRQ_HIGHLEVEL,
}
};
};
static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
.name = "dm9000",
.id = 0,
.num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(bast_dm9k_resource),
.resource = bast_dm9k_resource,
};
};
Note the setting of the IRQ trigger flag in bast_dm9k_resource[2].flags,
as this will generate a warning if it is not present. The trigger from
@ -64,13 +68,13 @@ handler to ensure that the IRQ is setup correctly.
This shows a typical platform device, without the optional configuration
platform data supplied. The next example uses the same resources, but adds
the optional platform data to pass extra configuration data:
the optional platform data to pass extra configuration data::
static struct dm9000_plat_data bast_dm9k_platdata = {
static struct dm9000_plat_data bast_dm9k_platdata = {
.flags = DM9000_PLATF_16BITONLY,
};
};
static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
.name = "dm9000",
.id = 0,
.num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(bast_dm9k_resource),
@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ static struct platform_device bast_device_dm9k = {
.dev = {
.platform_data = &bast_dm9k_platdata,
}
};
};
The platform data is defined in include/linux/dm9000.h and described below.

105
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/de4x5.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/de4x5.rst
View File

@ -1,48 +1,54 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===================================
DEC EtherWORKS Ethernet De4x5 cards
===================================
Originally, this driver was written for the Digital Equipment
Corporation series of EtherWORKS Ethernet cards:
DE425 TP/COAX EISA
DE434 TP PCI
DE435 TP/COAX/AUI PCI
DE450 TP/COAX/AUI PCI
DE500 10/100 PCI Fasternet
- DE425 TP/COAX EISA
- DE434 TP PCI
- DE435 TP/COAX/AUI PCI
- DE450 TP/COAX/AUI PCI
- DE500 10/100 PCI Fasternet
but it will now attempt to support all cards which conform to the
Digital Semiconductor SROM Specification. The driver currently
recognises the following chips:
DC21040 (no SROM)
DC21041[A]
DC21140[A]
DC21142
DC21143
- DC21040 (no SROM)
- DC21041[A]
- DC21140[A]
- DC21142
- DC21143
So far the driver is known to work with the following cards:
KINGSTON
Linksys
ZNYX342
SMC8432
SMC9332 (w/new SROM)
ZNYX31[45]
ZNYX346 10/100 4 port (can act as a 10/100 bridge!)
- KINGSTON
- Linksys
- ZNYX342
- SMC8432
- SMC9332 (w/new SROM)
- ZNYX31[45]
- ZNYX346 10/100 4 port (can act as a 10/100 bridge!)
The driver has been tested on a relatively busy network using the DE425,
DE434, DE435 and DE500 cards and benchmarked with 'ttcp': it transferred
16M of data to a DECstation 5000/200 as follows:
16M of data to a DECstation 5000/200 as follows::
TCP UDP
TX RX TX RX
DE425 1030k 997k 1170k 1128k
DE434 1063k 995k 1170k 1125k
DE435 1063k 995k 1170k 1125k
DE500 1063k 998k 1170k 1125k in 10Mb/s mode
TCP UDP
TX RX TX RX
DE425 1030k 997k 1170k 1128k
DE434 1063k 995k 1170k 1125k
DE435 1063k 995k 1170k 1125k
DE500 1063k 998k 1170k 1125k in 10Mb/s mode
All values are typical (in kBytes/sec) from a sample of 4 for each
measurement. Their error is +/-20k on a quiet (private) network and also
depend on what load the CPU has.
=========================================================================
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ability to load this driver as a loadable module has been included
and used extensively during the driver development (to save those long
@ -55,31 +61,33 @@
0) have a copy of the loadable modules code installed on your system.
1) copy de4x5.c from the /linux/drivers/net directory to your favourite
temporary directory.
temporary directory.
2) for fixed autoprobes (not recommended), edit the source code near
line 5594 to reflect the I/O address you're using, or assign these when
loading by:
line 5594 to reflect the I/O address you're using, or assign these when
loading by::
insmod de4x5 io=0xghh where g = bus number
hh = device number
insmod de4x5 io=0xghh where g = bus number
hh = device number
NB: autoprobing for modules is now supported by default. You may just
use:
.. note::
insmod de4x5
autoprobing for modules is now supported by default. You may just
use::
to load all available boards. For a specific board, still use
insmod de4x5
to load all available boards. For a specific board, still use
the 'io=?' above.
3) compile de4x5.c, but include -DMODULE in the command line to ensure
that the correct bits are compiled (see end of source code).
that the correct bits are compiled (see end of source code).
4) if you are wanting to add a new card, goto 5. Otherwise, recompile a
kernel with the de4x5 configuration turned off and reboot.
kernel with the de4x5 configuration turned off and reboot.
5) insmod de4x5 [io=0xghh]
6) run the net startup bits for your new eth?? interface(s) manually
(usually /etc/rc.inet[12] at boot time).
6) run the net startup bits for your new eth?? interface(s) manually
(usually /etc/rc.inet[12] at boot time).
7) enjoy!
To unload a module, turn off the associated interface(s)
To unload a module, turn off the associated interface(s)
'ifconfig eth?? down' then 'rmmod de4x5'.
Automedia detection is included so that in principle you can disconnect
@ -90,7 +98,7 @@
By default, the driver will now autodetect any DECchip based card.
Should you have a need to restrict the driver to DIGITAL only cards, you
can compile with a DEC_ONLY define, or if loading as a module, use the
'dec_only=1' parameter.
'dec_only=1' parameter.
I've changed the timing routines to use the kernel timer and scheduling
functions so that the hangs and other assorted problems that occurred
@ -158,18 +166,21 @@
either at the end of the parameter list or with another board name. The
following parameters are allowed:
fdx for full duplex
autosense to set the media/speed; with the following
sub-parameters:
========= ===============================================
fdx for full duplex
autosense to set the media/speed; with the following
sub-parameters:
TP, TP_NW, BNC, AUI, BNC_AUI, 100Mb, 10Mb, AUTO
========= ===============================================
Case sensitivity is important for the sub-parameters. They *must* be
upper case. Examples:
upper case. Examples::
insmod de4x5 args='eth1:fdx autosense=BNC eth0:autosense=100Mb'.
insmod de4x5 args='eth1:fdx autosense=BNC eth0:autosense=100Mb'.
For a compiled in driver, in linux/drivers/net/CONFIG, place e.g.
DE4X5_OPTS = -DDE4X5_PARM='"eth0:fdx autosense=AUI eth2:autosense=TP"'
For a compiled in driver, in linux/drivers/net/CONFIG, place e.g.::
DE4X5_OPTS = -DDE4X5_PARM='"eth0:fdx autosense=AUI eth2:autosense=TP"'
Yes, I know full duplex isn't permissible on BNC or AUI; they're just
examples. By default, full duplex is turned off and AUTO is the default

35
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.rst
View File

@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==============================================================
Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver for Linux
==============================================================
Note: This driver doesn't have a maintainer.
Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver for Linux.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
@ -16,29 +21,29 @@ GNU General Public License for more details.
This driver provides kernel support for Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 ethernet cards ( CNET
10/100 ethernet cards uses Davicom chipset too, so this driver supports CNET cards too ).If you
didn't compile this driver as a module, it will automatically load itself on boot and print a
line similar to :
line similar to::
dmfe: Davicom DM9xxx net driver, version 1.36.4 (2002-01-17)
If you compiled this driver as a module, you have to load it on boot.You can load it with command :
If you compiled this driver as a module, you have to load it on boot.You can load it with command::
insmod dmfe
This way it will autodetect the device mode.This is the suggested way to load the module.Or you can pass
a mode= setting to module while loading, like :
a mode= setting to module while loading, like::
insmod dmfe mode=0 # Force 10M Half Duplex
insmod dmfe mode=1 # Force 100M Half Duplex
insmod dmfe mode=4 # Force 10M Full Duplex
insmod dmfe mode=5 # Force 100M Full Duplex
Next you should configure your network interface with a command similar to :
Next you should configure your network interface with a command similar to::
ifconfig eth0 172.22.3.18
^^^^^^^^^^^
^^^^^^^^^^^
Your IP Address
Then you may have to modify the default routing table with command :
Then you may have to modify the default routing table with command::
route add default eth0
@ -48,10 +53,10 @@ Now your ethernet card should be up and running.
TODO:
Implement pci_driver::suspend() and pci_driver::resume() power management methods.
Check on 64 bit boxes.
Check and fix on big endian boxes.
Test and make sure PCI latency is now correct for all cases.
- Implement pci_driver::suspend() and pci_driver::resume() power management methods.
- Check on 64 bit boxes.
- Check and fix on big endian boxes.
- Test and make sure PCI latency is now correct for all cases.
Authors:
@ -60,7 +65,7 @@ Sten Wang <sten_wang@davicom.com.tw > : Original Author
Contributors:
Marcelo Tosatti <marcelo@conectiva.com.br>
Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@suse.cz>
- Marcelo Tosatti <marcelo@conectiva.com.br>
- Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
- Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
- Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@suse.cz>

230
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dlink/dl2k.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dlink/dl2k.rst
View File

@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter Installation
for Linux
May 23, 2002
=========================================================
D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter Installation
=========================================================
May 23, 2002
.. Contents
Contents
========
- Compatibility List
- Quick Install
- Compiling the Driver
@ -15,12 +18,13 @@ Contents
Compatibility List
=================
==================
Adapter Support:
D-Link DGE-550T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
D-Link DGE-550SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
- D-Link DGE-550T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
- D-Link DGE-550SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
- D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter.
The driver support Linux kernel 2.4.7 later. We had tested it
@ -34,28 +38,32 @@ on the environments below.
Quick Install
=============
Install linux driver as following command:
Install linux driver as following command::
1. make all
2. insmod dl2k.ko
3. ifconfig eth0 up 10.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask 255.0.0.0
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^\ ^^^^^^^^\
IP NETMASK
1. make all
2. insmod dl2k.ko
3. ifconfig eth0 up 10.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask 255.0.0.0
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^\ ^^^^^^^^\
IP NETMASK
Now eth0 should active, you can test it by "ping" or get more information by
"ifconfig". If tested ok, continue the next step.
4. cp dl2k.ko /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/net
5. Add the following line to /etc/modprobe.d/dl2k.conf:
4. ``cp dl2k.ko /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/net``
5. Add the following line to /etc/modprobe.d/dl2k.conf::
alias eth0 dl2k
6. Run depmod to updated module indexes.
7. Run "netconfig" or "netconf" to create configuration script ifcfg-eth0
6. Run ``depmod`` to updated module indexes.
7. Run ``netconfig`` or ``netconf`` to create configuration script ifcfg-eth0
located at /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts or create it manually.
[see - Configuration Script Sample]
8. Driver will automatically load and configure at next boot time.
Compiling the Driver
====================
In Linux, NIC drivers are most commonly configured as loadable modules.
In Linux, NIC drivers are most commonly configured as loadable modules.
The approach of building a monolithic kernel has become obsolete. The driver
can be compiled as part of a monolithic kernel, but is strongly discouraged.
The remainder of this section assumes the driver is built as a loadable module.
@ -73,93 +81,108 @@ to compile and link the driver:
CD-ROM drive
------------
[root@XXX /] mkdir cdrom
[root@XXX /] mount -r -t iso9660 -o conv=auto /dev/cdrom /cdrom
[root@XXX /] cd root
[root@XXX /root] mkdir dl2k
[root@XXX /root] cd dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] cp /cdrom/linux/dl2k.tgz /root/dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] tar xfvz dl2k.tgz
[root@XXX dl2k] make all
::
[root@XXX /] mkdir cdrom
[root@XXX /] mount -r -t iso9660 -o conv=auto /dev/cdrom /cdrom
[root@XXX /] cd root
[root@XXX /root] mkdir dl2k
[root@XXX /root] cd dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] cp /cdrom/linux/dl2k.tgz /root/dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] tar xfvz dl2k.tgz
[root@XXX dl2k] make all
Floppy disc drive
-----------------
[root@XXX /] cd root
[root@XXX /root] mkdir dl2k
[root@XXX /root] cd dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] mcopy a:/linux/dl2k.tgz /root/dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] tar xfvz dl2k.tgz
[root@XXX dl2k] make all
::
[root@XXX /] cd root
[root@XXX /root] mkdir dl2k
[root@XXX /root] cd dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] mcopy a:/linux/dl2k.tgz /root/dl2k
[root@XXX dl2k] tar xfvz dl2k.tgz
[root@XXX dl2k] make all
Installing the Driver
=====================
Manual Installation
-------------------
Manual Installation
-------------------
Once the driver has been compiled, it must be loaded, enabled, and bound
to a protocol stack in order to establish network connectivity. To load a
module enter the command:
module enter the command::
insmod dl2k.o
insmod dl2k.o
or
or::
insmod dl2k.o <optional parameter> ; add parameter
insmod dl2k.o <optional parameter> ; add parameter
===============================================================
example: insmod dl2k.o media=100mbps_hd
or insmod dl2k.o media=3
or insmod dl2k.o media=3,2 ; for 2 cards
===============================================================
---------------------------------------------------------
example::
insmod dl2k.o media=100mbps_hd
or::
insmod dl2k.o media=3
or::
insmod dl2k.o media=3,2 ; for 2 cards
---------------------------------------------------------
Please reference the list of the command line parameters supported by
the Linux device driver below.
The insmod command only loads the driver and gives it a name of the form
eth0, eth1, etc. To bring the NIC into an operational state,
it is necessary to issue the following command:
it is necessary to issue the following command::
ifconfig eth0 up
ifconfig eth0 up
Finally, to bind the driver to the active protocol (e.g., TCP/IP with
Linux), enter the following command:
Linux), enter the following command::
ifup eth0
ifup eth0
Note that this is meaningful only if the system can find a configuration
script that contains the necessary network information. A sample will be
given in the next paragraph.
The commands to unload a driver are as follows:
The commands to unload a driver are as follows::
ifdown eth0
ifconfig eth0 down
rmmod dl2k.o
ifdown eth0
ifconfig eth0 down
rmmod dl2k.o
The following are the commands to list the currently loaded modules and
to see the current network configuration.
to see the current network configuration::
lsmod
ifconfig
lsmod
ifconfig
Automated Installation
----------------------
Automated Installation
----------------------
This section describes how to install the driver such that it is
automatically loaded and configured at boot time. The following description
is based on a Red Hat 6.0/7.0 distribution, but it can easily be ported to
other distributions as well.
Red Hat v6.x/v7.x
-----------------
Red Hat v6.x/v7.x
-----------------
1. Copy dl2k.o to the network modules directory, typically
/lib/modules/2.x.x-xx/net or /lib/modules/2.x.x/kernel/drivers/net.
2. Locate the boot module configuration file, most commonly in the
/etc/modprobe.d/ directory. Add the following lines:
/etc/modprobe.d/ directory. Add the following lines::
alias ethx dl2k
options dl2k <optional parameters>
alias ethx dl2k
options dl2k <optional parameters>
where ethx will be eth0 if the NIC is the only ethernet adapter, eth1 if
one other ethernet adapter is installed, etc. Refer to the table in the
@ -180,11 +203,15 @@ parameter. Below is a list of the command line parameters supported by the
Linux device
driver.
mtu=packet_size - Specifies the maximum packet size. default
=============================== ==============================================
mtu=packet_size Specifies the maximum packet size. default
is 1500.
media=media_type - Specifies the media type the NIC operates at.
media=media_type Specifies the media type the NIC operates at.
autosense Autosensing active media.
=========== =========================
10mbps_hd 10Mbps half duplex.
10mbps_fd 10Mbps full duplex.
100mbps_hd 100Mbps half duplex.
@ -198,85 +225,90 @@ media=media_type - Specifies the media type the NIC operates at.
4 100Mbps full duplex.
5 1000Mbps half duplex.
6 1000Mbps full duplex.
=========== =========================
By default, the NIC operates at autosense.
1000mbps_fd and 1000mbps_hd types are only
available for fiber adapter.
vlan=n - Specifies the VLAN ID. If vlan=0, the
vlan=n Specifies the VLAN ID. If vlan=0, the
Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) function is
disable.
jumbo=[0|1] - Specifies the jumbo frame support. If jumbo=1,
jumbo=[0|1] Specifies the jumbo frame support. If jumbo=1,
the NIC accept jumbo frames. By default, this
function is disabled.
Jumbo frame usually improve the performance
int gigabit.
This feature need jumbo frame compatible
This feature need jumbo frame compatible
remote.
rx_coalesce=m - Number of rx frame handled each interrupt.
rx_timeout=n - Rx DMA wait time for an interrupt.
If set rx_coalesce > 0, hardware only assert
an interrupt for m frames. Hardware won't
rx_coalesce=m Number of rx frame handled each interrupt.
rx_timeout=n Rx DMA wait time for an interrupt.
If set rx_coalesce > 0, hardware only assert
an interrupt for m frames. Hardware won't
assert rx interrupt until m frames received or
reach timeout of n * 640 nano seconds.
Set proper rx_coalesce and rx_timeout can
reach timeout of n * 640 nano seconds.
Set proper rx_coalesce and rx_timeout can
reduce congestion collapse and overload which
has been a bottleneck for high speed network.
For example, rx_coalesce=10 rx_timeout=800.
that is, hardware assert only 1 interrupt
for 10 frames received or timeout of 512 us.
tx_coalesce=n - Number of tx frame handled each interrupt.
Set n > 1 can reduce the interrupts
For example, rx_coalesce=10 rx_timeout=800.
that is, hardware assert only 1 interrupt
for 10 frames received or timeout of 512 us.
tx_coalesce=n Number of tx frame handled each interrupt.
Set n > 1 can reduce the interrupts
congestion usually lower performance of
high speed network card. Default is 16.
tx_flow=[1|0] - Specifies the Tx flow control. If tx_flow=0,
tx_flow=[1|0] Specifies the Tx flow control. If tx_flow=0,
the Tx flow control disable else driver
autodetect.
rx_flow=[1|0] - Specifies the Rx flow control. If rx_flow=0,
rx_flow=[1|0] Specifies the Rx flow control. If rx_flow=0,
the Rx flow control enable else driver
autodetect.
=============================== ==============================================
Configuration Script Sample
===========================
Here is a sample of a simple configuration script:
Here is a sample of a simple configuration script::
DEVICE=eth0
USERCTL=no
ONBOOT=yes
POOTPROTO=none
BROADCAST=207.200.5.255
NETWORK=207.200.5.0
NETMASK=255.255.255.0
IPADDR=207.200.5.2
DEVICE=eth0
USERCTL=no
ONBOOT=yes
POOTPROTO=none
BROADCAST=207.200.5.255
NETWORK=207.200.5.0
NETMASK=255.255.255.0
IPADDR=207.200.5.2
Troubleshooting
===============
Q1. Source files contain ^ M behind every line.
Make sure all files are Unix file format (no LF). Try the following
shell command to convert files.
Make sure all files are Unix file format (no LF). Try the following
shell command to convert files::
cat dl2k.c | col -b > dl2k.tmp
mv dl2k.tmp dl2k.c
OR
OR::
cat dl2k.c | tr -d "\r" > dl2k.tmp
mv dl2k.tmp dl2k.c
Q2: Could not find header files (*.h) ?
To compile the driver, you need kernel header files. After
Q2: Could not find header files (``*.h``)?
To compile the driver, you need kernel header files. After
installing the kernel source, the header files are usually located in
/usr/src/linux/include, which is the default include directory configured
in Makefile. For some distributions, there is a copy of header files in
/usr/src/include/linux and /usr/src/include/asm, that you can change the
INCLUDEDIR in Makefile to /usr/include without installing kernel source.
Note that RH 7.0 didn't provide correct header files in /usr/include,
Note that RH 7.0 didn't provide correct header files in /usr/include,
including those files will make a wrong version driver.

139
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.rst
View File

@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==============================
The QorIQ DPAA Ethernet Driver
==============================
Authors:
Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
- Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
- Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Contents
========
.. Contents
- DPAA Ethernet Overview
- DPAA Ethernet Supported SoCs
@ -34,7 +36,7 @@ following drivers in the Linux kernel:
- Queue Manager (QMan), Buffer Manager (BMan)
drivers/soc/fsl/qbman
A simplified view of the dpaa_eth interfaces mapped to FMan MACs:
A simplified view of the dpaa_eth interfaces mapped to FMan MACs::
dpaa_eth /eth0\ ... /ethN\
driver | | | |
@ -42,89 +44,93 @@ A simplified view of the dpaa_eth interfaces mapped to FMan MACs:
-Ports / Tx Rx \ ... / Tx Rx \
FMan | | | |
-MACs | MAC0 | | MACN |
/ dtsec0 \ ... / dtsecN \ (or tgec)
/ \ / \(or memac)
/ dtsec0 \ ... / dtsecN \ (or tgec)
/ \ / \(or memac)
--------- -------------- --- -------------- ---------
FMan, FMan Port, FMan SP, FMan MURAM drivers
---------------------------------------------------------
FMan HW blocks: MURAM, MACs, Ports, SP
---------------------------------------------------------
The dpaa_eth relation to the QMan, BMan and FMan:
________________________________
The dpaa_eth relation to the QMan, BMan and FMan::
________________________________
dpaa_eth / eth0 \
driver / \
--------- -^- -^- -^- --- ---------
QMan driver / \ / \ / \ \ / | BMan |
|Rx | |Rx | |Tx | |Tx | | driver |
|Rx | |Rx | |Tx | |Tx | | driver |
--------- |Dfl| |Err| |Cnf| |FQs| | |
QMan HW |FQ | |FQ | |FQs| | | | |
/ \ / \ / \ \ / | |
/ \ / \ / \ \ / | |
--------- --- --- --- -v- ---------
| FMan QMI | |
| FMan HW FMan BMI | BMan HW |
----------------------- --------
| FMan QMI | |
| FMan HW FMan BMI | BMan HW |
----------------------- --------
where the acronyms used above (and in the code) are:
DPAA = Data Path Acceleration Architecture
FMan = DPAA Frame Manager
QMan = DPAA Queue Manager
BMan = DPAA Buffers Manager
QMI = QMan interface in FMan
BMI = BMan interface in FMan
FMan SP = FMan Storage Profiles
MURAM = Multi-user RAM in FMan
FQ = QMan Frame Queue
Rx Dfl FQ = default reception FQ
Rx Err FQ = Rx error frames FQ
Tx Cnf FQ = Tx confirmation FQs
Tx FQs = transmission frame queues
dtsec = datapath three speed Ethernet controller (10/100/1000 Mbps)
tgec = ten gigabit Ethernet controller (10 Gbps)
memac = multirate Ethernet MAC (10/100/1000/10000)
=============== ===========================================================
DPAA Data Path Acceleration Architecture
FMan DPAA Frame Manager
QMan DPAA Queue Manager
BMan DPAA Buffers Manager
QMI QMan interface in FMan
BMI BMan interface in FMan
FMan SP FMan Storage Profiles
MURAM Multi-user RAM in FMan
FQ QMan Frame Queue
Rx Dfl FQ default reception FQ
Rx Err FQ Rx error frames FQ
Tx Cnf FQ Tx confirmation FQs
Tx FQs transmission frame queues
dtsec datapath three speed Ethernet controller (10/100/1000 Mbps)
tgec ten gigabit Ethernet controller (10 Gbps)
memac multirate Ethernet MAC (10/100/1000/10000)
=============== ===========================================================
DPAA Ethernet Supported SoCs
============================
The DPAA drivers enable the Ethernet controllers present on the following SoCs:
# PPC
P1023
P2041
P3041
P4080
P5020
P5040
T1023
T1024
T1040
T1042
T2080
T4240
B4860
PPC
- P1023
- P2041
- P3041
- P4080
- P5020
- P5040
- T1023
- T1024
- T1040
- T1042
- T2080
- T4240
- B4860
# ARM
LS1043A
LS1046A
ARM
- LS1043A
- LS1046A
Configuring DPAA Ethernet in your kernel
========================================
To enable the DPAA Ethernet driver, the following Kconfig options are required:
To enable the DPAA Ethernet driver, the following Kconfig options are required::
# common for arch/arm64 and arch/powerpc platforms
CONFIG_FSL_DPAA=y
CONFIG_FSL_FMAN=y
CONFIG_FSL_DPAA_ETH=y
CONFIG_FSL_XGMAC_MDIO=y
# common for arch/arm64 and arch/powerpc platforms
CONFIG_FSL_DPAA=y
CONFIG_FSL_FMAN=y
CONFIG_FSL_DPAA_ETH=y
CONFIG_FSL_XGMAC_MDIO=y
# for arch/powerpc only
CONFIG_FSL_PAMU=y
# for arch/powerpc only
CONFIG_FSL_PAMU=y
# common options needed for the PHYs used on the RDBs
CONFIG_VITESSE_PHY=y
CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY=y
CONFIG_AQUANTIA_PHY=y
# common options needed for the PHYs used on the RDBs
CONFIG_VITESSE_PHY=y
CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY=y
CONFIG_AQUANTIA_PHY=y
DPAA Ethernet Frame Processing
==============================
@ -167,7 +173,9 @@ classes as follows:
* priorities 8 to 11 - traffic class 2 (medium-high priority)
* priorities 12 to 15 - traffic class 3 (high priority)
tc qdisc add dev <int> root handle 1: \
::
tc qdisc add dev <int> root handle 1: \
mqprio num_tc 4 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 hw 1
DPAA IRQ Affinity and Receive Side Scaling
@ -201,11 +209,11 @@ of these frame queues will arrive at the same portal and will always
be processed by the same CPU. This ensures intra-flow order preservation
and workload distribution for multiple traffic flows.
RSS can be turned off for a certain interface using ethtool, i.e.
RSS can be turned off for a certain interface using ethtool, i.e.::
# ethtool -N fm1-mac9 rx-flow-hash tcp4 ""
To turn it back on, one needs to set rx-flow-hash for tcp4/6 or udp4/6:
To turn it back on, one needs to set rx-flow-hash for tcp4/6 or udp4/6::
# ethtool -N fm1-mac9 rx-flow-hash udp4 sfdn
@ -216,7 +224,7 @@ going to control the rx-flow-hashing for all protocols on that interface.
Besides using the FMan Keygen computed hash for spreading traffic on the
128 Rx FQs, the DPAA Ethernet driver also sets the skb hash value when
the NETIF_F_RXHASH feature is on (active by default). This can be turned
on or off through ethtool, i.e.:
on or off through ethtool, i.e.::
# ethtool -K fm1-mac9 rx-hashing off
# ethtool -k fm1-mac9 | grep hash
@ -246,6 +254,7 @@ The following statistics are exported for each interface through ethtool:
- Rx error count per CPU
- Rx error count per type
- congestion related statistics:
- congestion status
- time spent in congestion
- number of time the device entered congestion
@ -254,7 +263,7 @@ The following statistics are exported for each interface through ethtool:
The driver also exports the following information in sysfs:
- the FQ IDs for each FQ type
/sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/fqids
/sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/fqids
- the ID of the buffer pool in use
/sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/bpids
/sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/bpids

21
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/gianfar.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/gianfar.rst
View File

@ -1,10 +1,15 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===========================
The Gianfar Ethernet Driver
===========================
Author: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Updated: 2005-07-28
:Author: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
:Updated: 2005-07-28
CHECKSUM OFFLOADING
Checksum Offloading
===================
The eTSEC controller (first included in parts from late 2005 like
the 8548) has the ability to perform TCP, UDP, and IP checksums
@ -15,13 +20,15 @@ packets. Use ethtool to enable or disable this feature for RX
and TX.
VLAN
====
In order to use VLAN, please consult Linux documentation on
configuring VLANs. The gianfar driver supports hardware insertion and
extraction of VLAN headers, but not filtering. Filtering will be
done by the kernel.
MULTICASTING
Multicasting
============
The gianfar driver supports using the group hash table on the
TSEC (and the extended hash table on the eTSEC) for multicast
@ -29,13 +36,15 @@ filtering. On the eTSEC, the exact-match MAC registers are used
before the hash tables. See Linux documentation on how to join
multicast groups.
PADDING
Padding
=======
The gianfar driver supports padding received frames with 2 bytes
to align the IP header to a 16-byte boundary, when supported by
hardware.
ETHTOOL
Ethtool
=======
The gianfar driver supports the use of ethtool for many
configuration options. You must run ethtool only on currently

24
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst
View File

@ -27,6 +27,30 @@ Contents:
netronome/nfp
pensando/ionic
stmicro/stmmac
3com/3c509
3com/vortex
amazon/ena
aquantia/atlantic
chelsio/cxgb
cirrus/cs89x0
davicom/dm9000
dec/de4x5
dec/dmfe
dlink/dl2k
freescale/dpaa
freescale/gianfar
intel/ipw2100
intel/ipw2200
microsoft/netvsc
neterion/s2io
neterion/vxge
qualcomm/rmnet
sb1000
smsc/smc9
ti/cpsw_switchdev
ti/cpsw
ti/tlan
toshiba/spider_net
.. only:: subproject and html

240
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.rst
View File

@ -1,31 +1,37 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Driver for Linux in support of:
===========================================
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Driver for Linux
===========================================
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Network Connection
Support for:
Copyright (C) 2003-2006, Intel Corporation
- Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Network Connection
Copyright |copy| 2003-2006, Intel Corporation
README.ipw2100
Version: git-1.1.5
Date : January 25, 2006
:Version: git-1.1.5
:Date: January 25, 2006
.. Index
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Introduction
2. Release git-1.1.5 Current Features
3. Command Line Parameters
4. Sysfs Helper Files
5. Radio Kill Switch
6. Dynamic Firmware
7. Power Management
8. Support
9. License
Index
-----------------------------------------------
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Introduction
2. Release git-1.1.5 Current Features
3. Command Line Parameters
4. Sysfs Helper Files
5. Radio Kill Switch
6. Dynamic Firmware
7. Power Management
8. Support
9. License
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
-----------------------------------------------
=================================================
Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
@ -75,10 +81,10 @@ obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/sb/CS-006408.htm
1. Introduction
-----------------------------------------------
===============
This document provides a brief overview of the features supported by the
IPW2100 driver project. The main project website, where the latest
This document provides a brief overview of the features supported by the
IPW2100 driver project. The main project website, where the latest
development version of the driver can be found, is:
http://ipw2100.sourceforge.net
@ -89,10 +95,11 @@ for the driver project.
2. Release git-1.1.5 Current Supported Features
-----------------------------------------------
===============================================
- Managed (BSS) and Ad-Hoc (IBSS)
- WEP (shared key and open)
- Wireless Tools support
- Wireless Tools support
- 802.1x (tested with XSupplicant 1.0.1)
Enabled (but not supported) features:
@ -105,11 +112,11 @@ performed on a given feature.
3. Command Line Parameters
-----------------------------------------------
==========================
If the driver is built as a module, the following optional parameters are used
by entering them on the command line with the modprobe command using this
syntax:
syntax::
modprobe ipw2100 [<option>=<VAL1><,VAL2>...]
@ -119,61 +126,76 @@ For example, to disable the radio on driver loading, enter:
The ipw2100 driver supports the following module parameters:
Name Value Example:
debug 0x0-0xffffffff debug=1024
mode 0,1,2 mode=1 /* AdHoc */
channel int channel=3 /* Only valid in AdHoc or Monitor */
associate boolean associate=0 /* Do NOT auto associate */
disable boolean disable=1 /* Do not power the HW */
========= ============== ============ ==============================
Name Value Example Meaning
========= ============== ============ ==============================
debug 0x0-0xffffffff debug=1024 Debug level set to 1024
mode 0,1,2 mode=1 AdHoc
channel int channel=3 Only valid in AdHoc or Monitor
associate boolean associate=0 Do NOT auto associate
disable boolean disable=1 Do not power the HW
========= ============== ============ ==============================
4. Sysfs Helper Files
---------------------------
-----------------------------------------------
=====================
There are several ways to control the behavior of the driver. Many of the
There are several ways to control the behavior of the driver. Many of the
general capabilities are exposed through the Wireless Tools (iwconfig). There
are a few capabilities that are exposed through entries in the Linux Sysfs.
----- Driver Level ------
**Driver Level**
For the driver level files, look in /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2100/
debug_level
This controls the same global as the 'debug' module parameter. For
information on the various debugging levels available, run the 'dvals'
debug_level
This controls the same global as the 'debug' module parameter. For
information on the various debugging levels available, run the 'dvals'
script found in the driver source directory.
NOTE: 'debug_level' is only enabled if CONFIG_IPW2100_DEBUG is turn
on.
.. note::
'debug_level' is only enabled if CONFIG_IPW2100_DEBUG is turn on.
**Device Level**
For the device level files look in::
----- Device Level ------
For the device level files look in
/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2100/{PCI-ID}/
For example:
For example::
/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2100/0000:02:01.0
For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2100:
rf_kill
read -
0 = RF kill not enabled (radio on)
1 = SW based RF kill active (radio off)
2 = HW based RF kill active (radio off)
3 = Both HW and SW RF kill active (radio off)
write -
0 = If SW based RF kill active, turn the radio back on
1 = If radio is on, activate SW based RF kill
read
NOTE: If you enable the SW based RF kill and then toggle the HW
based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on
== =========================================
0 RF kill not enabled (radio on)
1 SW based RF kill active (radio off)
2 HW based RF kill active (radio off)
3 Both HW and SW RF kill active (radio off)
== =========================================
write
== ==================================================
0 If SW based RF kill active, turn the radio back on
1 If radio is on, activate SW based RF kill
== ==================================================
.. note::
If you enable the SW based RF kill and then toggle the HW
based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on
5. Radio Kill Switch
-----------------------------------------------
====================
Most laptops provide the ability for the user to physically disable the radio.
Some vendors have implemented this as a physical switch that requires no
software to turn the radio off and on. On other laptops, however, the switch
@ -186,9 +208,10 @@ on your system.
6. Dynamic Firmware
-----------------------------------------------
As the firmware is licensed under a restricted use license, it can not be
included within the kernel sources. To enable the IPW2100 you will need a
===================
As the firmware is licensed under a restricted use license, it can not be
included within the kernel sources. To enable the IPW2100 you will need a
firmware image to load into the wireless NIC's processors.
You can obtain these images from <http://ipw2100.sf.net/firmware.php>.
@ -197,52 +220,57 @@ See INSTALL for instructions on installing the firmware.
7. Power Management
-----------------------------------------------
The IPW2100 supports the configuration of the Power Save Protocol
through a private wireless extension interface. The IPW2100 supports
===================
The IPW2100 supports the configuration of the Power Save Protocol
through a private wireless extension interface. The IPW2100 supports
the following different modes:
=== ===========================================================
off No power management. Radio is always on.
on Automatic power management
1-5 Different levels of power management. The higher the
number the greater the power savings, but with an impact to
packet latencies.
1-5 Different levels of power management. The higher the
number the greater the power savings, but with an impact to
packet latencies.
=== ===========================================================
Power management works by powering down the radio after a certain
interval of time has passed where no packets are passed through the
radio. Once powered down, the radio remains in that state for a given
period of time. For higher power savings, the interval between last
Power management works by powering down the radio after a certain
interval of time has passed where no packets are passed through the
radio. Once powered down, the radio remains in that state for a given
period of time. For higher power savings, the interval between last
packet processed to sleep is shorter and the sleep period is longer.
When the radio is asleep, the access point sending data to the station
must buffer packets at the AP until the station wakes up and requests
any buffered packets. If you have an AP that does not correctly support
the PSP protocol you may experience packet loss or very poor performance
while power management is enabled. If this is the case, you will need
to try and find a firmware update for your AP, or disable power
management (via `iwconfig eth1 power off`)
When the radio is asleep, the access point sending data to the station
must buffer packets at the AP until the station wakes up and requests
any buffered packets. If you have an AP that does not correctly support
the PSP protocol you may experience packet loss or very poor performance
while power management is enabled. If this is the case, you will need
to try and find a firmware update for your AP, or disable power
management (via ``iwconfig eth1 power off``)
To configure the power level on the IPW2100 you use a combination of
iwconfig and iwpriv. iwconfig is used to turn power management on, off,
To configure the power level on the IPW2100 you use a combination of
iwconfig and iwpriv. iwconfig is used to turn power management on, off,
and set it to auto.
========================= ====================================
iwconfig eth1 power off Disables radio power down
iwconfig eth1 power on Enables radio power management to
iwconfig eth1 power on Enables radio power management to
last set level (defaults to AUTO)
iwpriv eth1 set_power 0 Sets power level to AUTO and enables
power management if not previously
iwpriv eth1 set_power 0 Sets power level to AUTO and enables
power management if not previously
enabled.
iwpriv eth1 set_power 1-5 Set the power level as specified,
enabling power management if not
iwpriv eth1 set_power 1-5 Set the power level as specified,
enabling power management if not
previously enabled.
========================= ====================================
You can view the current power level setting via::
You can view the current power level setting via:
iwpriv eth1 get_power
It will return the current period or timeout that is configured as a string
in the form of xxxx/yyyy (z) where xxxx is the timeout interval (amount of
time after packet processing), yyyy is the period to sleep (amount of time to
time after packet processing), yyyy is the period to sleep (amount of time to
wait before powering the radio and querying the access point for buffered
packets), and z is the 'power level'. If power management is turned off the
xxxx/yyyy will be replaced with 'off' -- the level reported will be the active
@ -250,44 +278,46 @@ level if `iwconfig eth1 power on` is invoked.
8. Support
-----------------------------------------------
==========
For general development information and support,
go to:
http://ipw2100.sf.net/
The ipw2100 1.1.0 driver and firmware can be downloaded from:
The ipw2100 1.1.0 driver and firmware can be downloaded from:
http://support.intel.com
For installation support on the ipw2100 1.1.0 driver on Linux kernels
2.6.8 or greater, email support is available from:
For installation support on the ipw2100 1.1.0 driver on Linux kernels
2.6.8 or greater, email support is available from:
http://supportmail.intel.com
9. License
-----------------------------------------------
==========
Copyright(c) 2003 - 2006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
Copyright |copy| 2003 - 2006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as
published by the Free Software Foundation.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in the
file called LICENSE.
License Contact Information:
James P. Ketrenos <ipw2100-admin@linux.intel.com>
Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497

414
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.rst
View File

@ -1,8 +1,15 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux in support of:
==============================================
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux
==============================================
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection
Support for:
- Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection
- Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection
Note: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux and Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2200BG Driver for Linux is a unified driver that works on
@ -10,37 +17,37 @@ both hardware adapters listed above. In this document the Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux will be used to reference the
unified driver.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006, Intel Corporation
Copyright |copy| 2004-2006, Intel Corporation
README.ipw2200
Version: 1.1.2
Date : March 30, 2006
:Version: 1.1.2
:Date: March 30, 2006
Index
-----------------------------------------------
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Introduction
1.1. Overview of features
1.2. Module parameters
1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods
1.4. Sysfs Helper Files
1.5. Supported channels
2. Ad-Hoc Networking
3. Interacting with Wireless Tools
3.1. iwconfig mode
3.2. iwconfig sens
4. About the Version Numbers
5. Firmware installation
6. Support
7. License
.. Index
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Introduction
1.1. Overview of features
1.2. Module parameters
1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods
1.4. Sysfs Helper Files
1.5. Supported channels
2. Ad-Hoc Networking
3. Interacting with Wireless Tools
3.1. iwconfig mode
3.2. iwconfig sens
4. About the Version Numbers
5. Firmware installation
6. Support
7. License
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
-----------------------------------------------
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
=================================================
Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and
quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and
@ -56,7 +63,7 @@ product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and
software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect
radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These
parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage,
channel scanning, and human exposure.
channel scanning, and human exposure.
For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties
of the software provided in binary format with the wireless WLAN
@ -70,7 +77,7 @@ no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated
with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under
the warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and
(iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing
support to any third parties for such modified products.
support to any third parties for such modified products.
Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be
modules, and accordingly, condition system-level regulatory approval
@ -78,23 +85,24 @@ upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and
system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be
non-compliant.
The drivers available for download from SourceForge are provided as a
part of a development project. Conformance to local regulatory
requirements is the responsibility of the individual developer. As
such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
The drivers available for download from SourceForge are provided as a
part of a development project. Conformance to local regulatory
requirements is the responsibility of the individual developer. As
such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
http://support.intel.com
1. Introduction
-----------------------------------------------
The following sections attempt to provide a brief introduction to using
1. Introduction
===============
The following sections attempt to provide a brief introduction to using
the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux.
This document is not meant to be a comprehensive manual on
understanding or using wireless technologies, but should be sufficient
This document is not meant to be a comprehensive manual on
understanding or using wireless technologies, but should be sufficient
to get you moving without wires on Linux.
For information on building and installing the driver, see the INSTALL
@ -102,14 +110,14 @@ file.
1.1. Overview of Features
-----------------------------------------------
-------------------------
The current release (1.1.2) supports the following features:
+ BSS mode (Infrastructure, Managed)
+ IBSS mode (Ad-Hoc)
+ WEP (OPEN and SHARED KEY mode)
+ 802.1x EAP via wpa_supplicant and xsupplicant
+ Wireless Extension support
+ Wireless Extension support
+ Full B and G rate support (2200 and 2915)
+ Full A rate support (2915 only)
+ Transmit power control
@ -122,102 +130,107 @@ supported:
+ long/short preamble support
+ Monitor mode (aka RFMon)
The distinction between officially supported and enabled is a reflection
The distinction between officially supported and enabled is a reflection
on the amount of validation and interoperability testing that has been
performed on a given feature.
performed on a given feature.
1.2. Command Line Parameters
-----------------------------------------------
----------------------------
Like many modules used in the Linux kernel, the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless
2915ABG Driver for Linux allows configuration options to be provided
as module parameters. The most common way to specify a module parameter
is via the command line.
2915ABG Driver for Linux allows configuration options to be provided
as module parameters. The most common way to specify a module parameter
is via the command line.
The general form is:
The general form is::
% modprobe ipw2200 parameter=value
% modprobe ipw2200 parameter=value
Where the supported parameter are:
associate
Set to 0 to disable the auto scan-and-associate functionality of the
driver. If disabled, the driver will not attempt to scan
for and associate to a network until it has been configured with
one or more properties for the target network, for example configuring
driver. If disabled, the driver will not attempt to scan
for and associate to a network until it has been configured with
one or more properties for the target network, for example configuring
the network SSID. Default is 0 (do not auto-associate)
Example: % modprobe ipw2200 associate=0
auto_create
Set to 0 to disable the auto creation of an Ad-Hoc network
matching the channel and network name parameters provided.
Set to 0 to disable the auto creation of an Ad-Hoc network
matching the channel and network name parameters provided.
Default is 1.
channel
channel number for association. The normal method for setting
the channel would be to use the standard wireless tools
(i.e. `iwconfig eth1 channel 10`), but it is useful sometimes
the channel would be to use the standard wireless tools
(i.e. `iwconfig eth1 channel 10`), but it is useful sometimes
to set this while debugging. Channel 0 means 'ANY'
debug
If using a debug build, this is used to control the amount of debug
info is logged. See the 'dvals' and 'load' script for more info on
how to use this (the dvals and load scripts are provided as part
of the ipw2200 development snapshot releases available from the
how to use this (the dvals and load scripts are provided as part
of the ipw2200 development snapshot releases available from the
SourceForge project at http://ipw2200.sf.net)
led
Can be used to turn on experimental LED code.
0 = Off, 1 = On. Default is 1.
mode
Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter.
Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter.
0 = Managed, 1 = Ad-Hoc, 2 = Monitor
1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods
-----------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
As an interface designed to handle generic hardware, there are certain
capabilities not exposed through the normal Wireless Tool interface. As
such, a provision is provided for a driver to declare custom, or
private, methods. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux
As an interface designed to handle generic hardware, there are certain
capabilities not exposed through the normal Wireless Tool interface. As
such, a provision is provided for a driver to declare custom, or
private, methods. The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux
defines several of these to configure various settings.
The general form of using the private wireless methods is:
The general form of using the private wireless methods is::
% iwpriv $IFNAME method parameters
Where $IFNAME is the interface name the device is registered with
Where $IFNAME is the interface name the device is registered with
(typically eth1, customized via one of the various network interface
name managers, such as ifrename)
The supported private methods are:
get_mode
Can be used to report out which IEEE mode the driver is
Can be used to report out which IEEE mode the driver is
configured to support. Example:
% iwpriv eth1 get_mode
eth1 get_mode:802.11bg (6)
set_mode
Can be used to configure which IEEE mode the driver will
support.
Can be used to configure which IEEE mode the driver will
support.
Usage::
% iwpriv eth1 set_mode {mode}
Usage:
% iwpriv eth1 set_mode {mode}
Where {mode} is a number in the range 1-7:
== =====================
1 802.11a (2915 only)
2 802.11b
3 802.11ab (2915 only)
4 802.11g
4 802.11g
5 802.11ag (2915 only)
6 802.11bg
7 802.11abg (2915 only)
== =====================
get_preamble
Can be used to report configuration of preamble length.
@ -225,99 +238,123 @@ The supported private methods are:
set_preamble
Can be used to set the configuration of preamble length:
Usage:
% iwpriv eth1 set_preamble {mode}
Usage::
% iwpriv eth1 set_preamble {mode}
Where {mode} is one of:
== ========================================
1 Long preamble only
0 Auto (long or short based on connection)
== ========================================
1.4. Sysfs Helper Files:
-----------------------------------------------
The Linux kernel provides a pseudo file system that can be used to
1.4. Sysfs Helper Files
-----------------------
The Linux kernel provides a pseudo file system that can be used to
access various components of the operating system. The Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes several configuration
parameters through this mechanism.
An entry in the sysfs can support reading and/or writing. You can
typically query the contents of a sysfs entry through the use of cat,
and can set the contents via echo. For example:
An entry in the sysfs can support reading and/or writing. You can
typically query the contents of a sysfs entry through the use of cat,
and can set the contents via echo. For example::
% cat /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/debug_level
% cat /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/debug_level
Will report the current debug level of the driver's logging subsystem
Will report the current debug level of the driver's logging subsystem
(only available if CONFIG_IPW2200_DEBUG was configured when the driver
was built).
You can set the debug level via:
You can set the debug level via::
% echo $VALUE > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/debug_level
% echo $VALUE > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/debug_level
Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The
input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the
firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transferring
Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The
input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the
firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transferring
the firmware image from user space into the driver.
The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries
at two levels -- driver level, which apply to all instances of the driver
(in the event that there are more than one device installed) and device
The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries
at two levels -- driver level, which apply to all instances of the driver
(in the event that there are more than one device installed) and device
level, which applies only to the single specific instance.
1.4.1 Driver Level Sysfs Helper Files
-----------------------------------------------
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
For the driver level files, look in /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/
debug_level
debug_level
This controls the same global as the 'debug' module parameter
1.4.2 Device Level Sysfs Helper Files
-----------------------------------------------
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
For the device level files, look in::
For the device level files, look in
/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/{PCI-ID}/
For example:
For example:::
/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/0000:02:01.0
For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200:
rf_kill
read -
0 = RF kill not enabled (radio on)
1 = SW based RF kill active (radio off)
2 = HW based RF kill active (radio off)
3 = Both HW and SW RF kill active (radio off)
write -
0 = If SW based RF kill active, turn the radio back on
1 = If radio is on, activate SW based RF kill
read -
NOTE: If you enable the SW based RF kill and then toggle the HW
based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on
ucode
== =========================================
0 RF kill not enabled (radio on)
1 SW based RF kill active (radio off)
2 HW based RF kill active (radio off)
3 Both HW and SW RF kill active (radio off)
== =========================================
write -
== ==================================================
0 If SW based RF kill active, turn the radio back on
1 If radio is on, activate SW based RF kill
== ==================================================
.. note::
If you enable the SW based RF kill and then toggle the HW
based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on
ucode
read-only access to the ucode version number
led
read -
0 = LED code disabled
1 = LED code enabled
write -
0 = Disable LED code
1 = Enable LED code
NOTE: The LED code has been reported to hang some systems when
running ifconfig and is therefore disabled by default.
== =================
0 LED code disabled
1 LED code enabled
== =================
write -
== ================
0 Disable LED code
1 Enable LED code
== ================
.. note::
The LED code has been reported to hang some systems when
running ifconfig and is therefore disabled by default.
1.5. Supported channels
-----------------------------------------------
-----------------------
Upon loading the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux, a
message stating the detected geography code and the number of 802.11
@ -326,44 +363,59 @@ channels supported by the card will be displayed in the log.
The geography code corresponds to a regulatory domain as shown in the
table below.
Supported channels
Code Geography 802.11bg 802.11a
+------+----------------------------+--------------------+
| | | Supported channels |
| Code | Geography +----------+---------+
| | | 802.11bg | 802.11a |
+======+============================+==========+=========+
| --- | Restricted | 11 | 0 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZF | Custom US/Canada | 11 | 8 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZD | Rest of World | 13 | 0 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZA | Custom USA & Europe & High | 11 | 13 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZB | Custom NA & Europe | 11 | 13 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZC | Custom Japan | 11 | 4 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZM | Custom | 11 | 0 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZE | Europe | 13 | 19 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZJ | Custom Japan | 14 | 4 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZR | Rest of World | 14 | 0 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZH | High Band | 13 | 4 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZG | Custom Europe | 13 | 4 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZK | Europe | 13 | 24 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
| ZZL | Europe | 11 | 13 |
+------+----------------------------+----------+---------+
--- Restricted 11 0
ZZF Custom US/Canada 11 8
ZZD Rest of World 13 0
ZZA Custom USA & Europe & High 11 13
ZZB Custom NA & Europe 11 13
ZZC Custom Japan 11 4
ZZM Custom 11 0
ZZE Europe 13 19
ZZJ Custom Japan 14 4
ZZR Rest of World 14 0
ZZH High Band 13 4
ZZG Custom Europe 13 4
ZZK Europe 13 24
ZZL Europe 11 13
2. Ad-Hoc Networking
=====================
2. Ad-Hoc Networking
-----------------------------------------------
When using a device in an Ad-Hoc network, it is useful to understand the
sequence and requirements for the driver to be able to create, join, or
When using a device in an Ad-Hoc network, it is useful to understand the
sequence and requirements for the driver to be able to create, join, or
merge networks.
The following attempts to provide enough information so that you can
have a consistent experience while using the driver as a member of an
The following attempts to provide enough information so that you can
have a consistent experience while using the driver as a member of an
Ad-Hoc network.
2.1. Joining an Ad-Hoc Network
-----------------------------------------------
------------------------------
The easiest way to get onto an Ad-Hoc network is to join one that
The easiest way to get onto an Ad-Hoc network is to join one that
already exists.
2.2. Creating an Ad-Hoc Network
-----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------
An Ad-Hoc networks is created using the syntax of the Wireless tool.
@ -371,21 +423,21 @@ For Example:
iwconfig eth1 mode ad-hoc essid testing channel 2
2.3. Merging Ad-Hoc Networks
-----------------------------------------------
----------------------------
3. Interaction with Wireless Tools
-----------------------------------------------
3. Interaction with Wireless Tools
==================================
3.1 iwconfig mode
-----------------------------------------------
-----------------
When configuring the mode of the adapter, all run-time configured parameters
are reset to the value used when the module was loaded. This includes
channels, rates, ESSID, etc.
3.2 iwconfig sens
-----------------------------------------------
-----------------
The 'iwconfig ethX sens XX' command will not set the signal sensitivity
threshold, as described in iwconfig documentation, but rather the number
@ -394,35 +446,35 @@ to another access point. At the same time, it will set the disassociation
threshold to 3 times the given value.
4. About the Version Numbers
-----------------------------------------------
4. About the Version Numbers
=============================
Due to the nature of open source development projects, there are
frequently changes being incorporated that have not gone through
a complete validation process. These changes are incorporated into
Due to the nature of open source development projects, there are
frequently changes being incorporated that have not gone through
a complete validation process. These changes are incorporated into
development snapshot releases.
Releases are numbered with a three level scheme:
Releases are numbered with a three level scheme:
major.minor.development
Any version where the 'development' portion is 0 (for example
1.0.0, 1.1.0, etc.) indicates a stable version that will be made
1.0.0, 1.1.0, etc.) indicates a stable version that will be made
available for kernel inclusion.
Any version where the 'development' portion is not a 0 (for
example 1.0.1, 1.1.5, etc.) indicates a development version that is
being made available for testing and cutting edge users. The stability
being made available for testing and cutting edge users. The stability
and functionality of the development releases are not know. We make
efforts to try and keep all snapshots reasonably stable, but due to the
frequency of their release, and the desire to get those releases
frequency of their release, and the desire to get those releases
available as quickly as possible, unknown anomalies should be expected.
The major version number will be incremented when significant changes
are made to the driver. Currently, there are no major changes planned.
5. Firmware installation
----------------------------------------------
5. Firmware installation
========================
The driver requires a firmware image, download it and extract the
files under /lib/firmware (or wherever your hotplug's firmware.agent
@ -433,40 +485,42 @@ The firmware can be downloaded from the following URL:
http://ipw2200.sf.net/
6. Support
-----------------------------------------------
6. Support
==========
For direct support of the 1.0.0 version, you can contact
For direct support of the 1.0.0 version, you can contact
http://supportmail.intel.com, or you can use the open source project
support.
For general information and support, go to:
http://ipw2200.sf.net/
7. License
-----------------------------------------------
7. License
==========
Copyright(c) 2003 - 2006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
Copyright |copy| 2003 - 2006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
published by the Free Software Foundation.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in the
file called LICENSE.
Contact Information:
James P. Ketrenos <ipw2100-admin@linux.intel.com>
Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497

55
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/microsoft/netvsc.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/microsoft/netvsc.rst
View File

@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================
Hyper-V network driver
======================
@ -10,15 +13,15 @@ Windows 10.
Features
========
Checksum offload
----------------
Checksum offload
----------------
The netvsc driver supports checksum offload as long as the
Hyper-V host version does. Windows Server 2016 and Azure
support checksum offload for TCP and UDP for both IPv4 and
IPv6. Windows Server 2012 only supports checksum offload for TCP.
Receive Side Scaling
--------------------
Receive Side Scaling
--------------------
Hyper-V supports receive side scaling. For TCP & UDP, packets can
be distributed among available queues based on IP address and port
number.
@ -32,30 +35,37 @@ Features
hashing. Using L3 hashing is recommended in this case.
For example, for UDP over IPv4 on eth0:
To include UDP port numbers in hashing:
ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4 sdfn
To exclude UDP port numbers in hashing:
ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4 sd
To show UDP hash level:
ethtool -n eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4
Generic Receive Offload, aka GRO
--------------------------------
To include UDP port numbers in hashing::
ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4 sdfn
To exclude UDP port numbers in hashing::
ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4 sd
To show UDP hash level::
ethtool -n eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4
Generic Receive Offload, aka GRO
--------------------------------
The driver supports GRO and it is enabled by default. GRO coalesces
like packets and significantly reduces CPU usage under heavy Rx
load.
Large Receive Offload (LRO), or Receive Side Coalescing (RSC)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Large Receive Offload (LRO), or Receive Side Coalescing (RSC)
-------------------------------------------------------------
The driver supports LRO/RSC in the vSwitch feature. It reduces the per packet
processing overhead by coalescing multiple TCP segments when possible. The
feature is enabled by default on VMs running on Windows Server 2019 and
later. It may be changed by ethtool command:
later. It may be changed by ethtool command::
ethtool -K eth0 lro on
ethtool -K eth0 lro off
SR-IOV support
--------------
SR-IOV support
--------------
Hyper-V supports SR-IOV as a hardware acceleration option. If SR-IOV
is enabled in both the vSwitch and the guest configuration, then the
Virtual Function (VF) device is passed to the guest as a PCI
@ -70,8 +80,8 @@ Features
flow direction is desired, these should be applied directly to the
VF slave device.
Receive Buffer
--------------
Receive Buffer
--------------
Packets are received into a receive area which is created when device
is probed. The receive area is broken into MTU sized chunks and each may
contain one or more packets. The number of receive sections may be changed
@ -83,8 +93,8 @@ Features
will use slower method to handle very large packets or if the send buffer
area is exhausted.
XDP support
-----------
XDP support
-----------
XDP (eXpress Data Path) is a feature that runs eBPF bytecode at the early
stage when packets arrive at a NIC card. The goal is to increase performance
for packet processing, reducing the overhead of SKB allocation and other
@ -99,7 +109,8 @@ Features
overwritten by setting of synthetic NIC.
XDP program cannot run with LRO (RSC) enabled, so you need to disable LRO
before running XDP:
before running XDP::
ethtool -K eth0 lro off
XDP_REDIRECT action is not yet supported.

196
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.rst Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=========================================================
Neterion's (Formerly S2io) Xframe I/II PCI-X 10GbE driver
=========================================================
Release notes for Neterion's (Formerly S2io) Xframe I/II PCI-X 10GbE driver.
.. Contents
- 1. Introduction
- 2. Identifying the adapter/interface
- 3. Features supported
- 4. Command line parameters
- 5. Performance suggestions
- 6. Available Downloads
1. Introduction
===============
This Linux driver supports Neterion's Xframe I PCI-X 1.0 and
Xframe II PCI-X 2.0 adapters. It supports several features
such as jumbo frames, MSI/MSI-X, checksum offloads, TSO, UFO and so on.
See below for complete list of features.
All features are supported for both IPv4 and IPv6.
2. Identifying the adapter/interface
====================================
a. Insert the adapter(s) in your system.
b. Build and load driver::
# insmod s2io.ko
c. View log messages::
# dmesg | tail -40
You will see messages similar to::
eth3: Neterion Xframe I 10GbE adapter (rev 3), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
eth4: Neterion Xframe II 10GbE adapter (rev 2), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
eth4: Device is on 64 bit 133MHz PCIX(M1) bus
The above messages identify the adapter type(Xframe I/II), adapter revision,
driver version, interface name(eth3, eth4), Interrupt type(INTA, MSI, MSI-X).
In case of Xframe II, the PCI/PCI-X bus width and frequency are displayed
as well.
To associate an interface with a physical adapter use "ethtool -p <ethX>".
The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times.
3. Features supported
=====================
a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU up to 9600 bytes,
modifiable using ip command.
b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit
and receive, TSO.
c. Multi-buffer receive mode. Scattering of packet across multiple
buffers. Currently driver supports 2-buffer mode which yields
significant performance improvement on certain platforms(SGI Altix,
IBM xSeries).
d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature
(IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(up to 7%
on certain platforms).
e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
using "ethtool -S" option.
f. Multi-FIFO/Ring. Supports up to 8 transmit queues and receive rings,
with multiple steering options.
4. Command line parameters
==========================
a. tx_fifo_num
Number of transmit queues
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
b. rx_ring_num
Number of receive rings
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
c. tx_fifo_len
Size of each transmit queue
Valid range: Total length of all queues should not exceed 8192
Default: 4096
d. rx_ring_sz
Size of each receive ring(in 4K blocks)
Valid range: Limited by memory on system
Default: 30
e. intr_type
Specifies interrupt type. Possible values 0(INTA), 2(MSI-X)
Valid values: 0, 2
Default: 2
5. Performance suggestions
==========================
General:
a. Set MTU to maximum(9000 for switch setup, 9600 in back-to-back configuration)
b. Set TCP windows size to optimal value.
For instance, for MTU=1500 a value of 210K has been observed to result in
good performance::
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="210000 210000 210000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="210000 210000 210000"
For MTU=9000, TCP window size of 10 MB is recommended::
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
Transmit performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to experiment with PCI bus parameters
max-split-transactions(MOST) and MMRBC (use setpci command).
A MOST value of 2 has been found optimal for Opterons and 3 for Itanium.
It could be different for your hardware.
Set MMRBC to 4K**.
For example you can set
For opteron::
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=1d
For Itanium::
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=3d
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Ensure Transmit Checksum offload is enabled. Use ethtool to set/verify this
parameter.
c. Turn on TSO(using "ethtool -K")::
# ethtool -K <ethX> tso on
Receive performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to set PCI latency timer to 248::
#setpci -d 17d5:* LATENCY_TIMER=f8
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Use 2-buffer mode. This results in large performance boost on
certain platforms(eg. SGI Altix, IBM xSeries).
c. Ensure Receive Checksum offload is enabled. Use "ethtool -K ethX" command to
set/verify this option.
d. Enable NAPI feature(in kernel configuration Device Drivers ---> Network
device support ---> Ethernet (10000 Mbit) ---> S2IO 10Gbe Xframe NIC) to
bring down CPU utilization.
.. note::
For AMD opteron platforms with 8131 chipset, MMRBC=1 and MOST=1 are
recommended as safe parameters.
For more information, please review the AMD8131 errata at
http://vip.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/
26310_AMD-8131_HyperTransport_PCI-X_Tunnel_Revision_Guide_rev_3_18.pdf
6. Support
==========
For further support please contact either your 10GbE Xframe NIC vendor (IBM,
HP, SGI etc.)

141
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.txt
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
Release notes for Neterion's (Formerly S2io) Xframe I/II PCI-X 10GbE driver.
Contents
=======
- 1. Introduction
- 2. Identifying the adapter/interface
- 3. Features supported
- 4. Command line parameters
- 5. Performance suggestions
- 6. Available Downloads
1. Introduction:
This Linux driver supports Neterion's Xframe I PCI-X 1.0 and
Xframe II PCI-X 2.0 adapters. It supports several features
such as jumbo frames, MSI/MSI-X, checksum offloads, TSO, UFO and so on.
See below for complete list of features.
All features are supported for both IPv4 and IPv6.
2. Identifying the adapter/interface:
a. Insert the adapter(s) in your system.
b. Build and load driver
# insmod s2io.ko
c. View log messages
# dmesg | tail -40
You will see messages similar to:
eth3: Neterion Xframe I 10GbE adapter (rev 3), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
eth4: Neterion Xframe II 10GbE adapter (rev 2), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
eth4: Device is on 64 bit 133MHz PCIX(M1) bus
The above messages identify the adapter type(Xframe I/II), adapter revision,
driver version, interface name(eth3, eth4), Interrupt type(INTA, MSI, MSI-X).
In case of Xframe II, the PCI/PCI-X bus width and frequency are displayed
as well.
To associate an interface with a physical adapter use "ethtool -p <ethX>".
The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times.
3. Features supported:
a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU up to 9600 bytes,
modifiable using ip command.
b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit
and receive, TSO.
c. Multi-buffer receive mode. Scattering of packet across multiple
buffers. Currently driver supports 2-buffer mode which yields
significant performance improvement on certain platforms(SGI Altix,
IBM xSeries).
d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature
(IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(up to 7%
on certain platforms).
e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
using "ethtool -S" option.
f. Multi-FIFO/Ring. Supports up to 8 transmit queues and receive rings,
with multiple steering options.
4. Command line parameters
a. tx_fifo_num
Number of transmit queues
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
b. rx_ring_num
Number of receive rings
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
c. tx_fifo_len
Size of each transmit queue
Valid range: Total length of all queues should not exceed 8192
Default: 4096
d. rx_ring_sz
Size of each receive ring(in 4K blocks)
Valid range: Limited by memory on system
Default: 30
e. intr_type
Specifies interrupt type. Possible values 0(INTA), 2(MSI-X)
Valid values: 0, 2
Default: 2
5. Performance suggestions
General:
a. Set MTU to maximum(9000 for switch setup, 9600 in back-to-back configuration)
b. Set TCP windows size to optimal value.
For instance, for MTU=1500 a value of 210K has been observed to result in
good performance.
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="210000 210000 210000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="210000 210000 210000"
For MTU=9000, TCP window size of 10 MB is recommended.
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
Transmit performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to experiment with PCI bus parameters
max-split-transactions(MOST) and MMRBC (use setpci command).
A MOST value of 2 has been found optimal for Opterons and 3 for Itanium.
It could be different for your hardware.
Set MMRBC to 4K**.
For example you can set
For opteron
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=1d
For Itanium
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=3d
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Ensure Transmit Checksum offload is enabled. Use ethtool to set/verify this
parameter.
c. Turn on TSO(using "ethtool -K")
# ethtool -K <ethX> tso on
Receive performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to set PCI latency timer to 248.
#setpci -d 17d5:* LATENCY_TIMER=f8
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Use 2-buffer mode. This results in large performance boost on
certain platforms(eg. SGI Altix, IBM xSeries).
c. Ensure Receive Checksum offload is enabled. Use "ethtool -K ethX" command to
set/verify this option.
d. Enable NAPI feature(in kernel configuration Device Drivers ---> Network
device support ---> Ethernet (10000 Mbit) ---> S2IO 10Gbe Xframe NIC) to
bring down CPU utilization.
** For AMD opteron platforms with 8131 chipset, MMRBC=1 and MOST=1 are
recommended as safe parameters.
For more information, please review the AMD8131 errata at
http://vip.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/
26310_AMD-8131_HyperTransport_PCI-X_Tunnel_Revision_Guide_rev_3_18.pdf
6. Support
For further support please contact either your 10GbE Xframe NIC vendor (IBM,
HP, SGI etc.)

60
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.rst
View File

@ -1,24 +1,30 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==============================================================================
Neterion's (Formerly S2io) X3100 Series 10GbE PCIe Server Adapter Linux driver
==============================================================================
Contents
--------
.. Contents
1) Introduction
2) Features supported
3) Configurable driver parameters
4) Troubleshooting
1) Introduction
2) Features supported
3) Configurable driver parameters
4) Troubleshooting
1. Introduction
===============
1) Introduction:
----------------
This Linux driver supports all Neterion's X3100 series 10 GbE PCIe I/O
Virtualized Server adapters.
The X3100 series supports four modes of operation, configurable via
firmware -
Single function mode
Multi function mode
SRIOV mode
MRIOV mode
firmware:
- Single function mode
- Multi function mode
- SRIOV mode
- MRIOV mode
The functions share a 10GbE link and the pci-e bus, but hardly anything else
inside the ASIC. Features like independent hw reset, statistics, bandwidth/
priority allocation and guarantees, GRO, TSO, interrupt moderation etc are
@ -26,41 +32,49 @@ supported independently on each function.
(See below for a complete list of features supported for both IPv4 and IPv6)
2) Features supported:
----------------------
2. Features supported
=====================
i) Single function mode (up to 17 queues)
ii) Multi function mode (up to 17 functions)
iii) PCI-SIG's I/O Virtualization
- Single Root mode: v1.0 (up to 17 functions)
- Multi-Root mode: v1.0 (up to 17 functions)
iv) Jumbo frames
X3100 Series supports MTU up to 9600 bytes, modifiable using
ip command.
v) Offloads supported: (Enabled by default)
Checksum offload (TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit and receive paths
TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) on transmit path
Generic Receive Offload (GRO) on receive path
- Checksum offload (TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit and receive paths
- TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) on transmit path
- Generic Receive Offload (GRO) on receive path
vi) MSI-X: (Enabled by default)
Resulting in noticeable performance improvement (up to 7% on certain
platforms).
vii) NAPI: (Enabled by default)
For better Rx interrupt moderation.
viii)RTH (Receive Traffic Hash): (Enabled by default)
Receive side steering for better scaling.
ix) Statistics
Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed using
"ethtool -S" option.
x) Multiple hardware queues: (Enabled by default)
Up to 17 hardware based transmit and receive data channels, with
multiple steering options (transmit multiqueue enabled by default).
@ -69,25 +83,33 @@ x) Multiple hardware queues: (Enabled by default)
i) max_config_dev
Specifies maximum device functions to be enabled.
Valid range: 1-8
ii) max_config_port
Specifies number of ports to be enabled.
Valid range: 1,2
Default: 1
iii)max_config_vpath
iii) max_config_vpath
Specifies maximum VPATH(s) configured for each device function.
Valid range: 1-17
iv) vlan_tag_strip
Enables/disables vlan tag stripping from all received tagged frames that
are not replicated at the internal L2 switch.
Valid range: 0,1 (disabled, enabled respectively)
Default: 1
v) addr_learn_en
Enable learning the mac address of the guest OS interface in
virtualization environment.
Valid range: 0,1 (disabled, enabled respectively)
Default: 0

43
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qualcomm/rmnet.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qualcomm/rmnet.rst
View File

@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
============
Rmnet Driver
============
1. Introduction
===============
rmnet driver is used for supporting the Multiplexing and aggregation
Protocol (MAP). This protocol is used by all recent chipsets using Qualcomm
@ -18,17 +25,18 @@ sending aggregated bunch of MAP frames. rmnet driver will de-aggregate
these MAP frames and send them to appropriate PDN's.
2. Packet format
================
a. MAP packet (data / control)
MAP header has the same endianness of the IP packet.
Packet format -
Packet format::
Bit 0 1 2-7 8 - 15 16 - 31
Function Command / Data Reserved Pad Multiplexer ID Payload length
Bit 32 - x
Function Raw Bytes
Bit 0 1 2-7 8 - 15 16 - 31
Function Command / Data Reserved Pad Multiplexer ID Payload length
Bit 32 - x
Function Raw Bytes
Command (1)/ Data (0) bit value is to indicate if the packet is a MAP command
or data packet. Control packet is used for transport level flow control. Data
@ -44,24 +52,27 @@ Multiplexer ID is to indicate the PDN on which data has to be sent.
Payload length includes the padding length but does not include MAP header
length.
b. MAP packet (command specific)
b. MAP packet (command specific)::
Bit 0 1 2-7 8 - 15 16 - 31
Function Command Reserved Pad Multiplexer ID Payload length
Bit 32 - 39 40 - 45 46 - 47 48 - 63
Function Command name Reserved Command Type Reserved
Bit 64 - 95
Function Transaction ID
Bit 96 - 127
Function Command data
Bit 0 1 2-7 8 - 15 16 - 31
Function Command Reserved Pad Multiplexer ID Payload length
Bit 32 - 39 40 - 45 46 - 47 48 - 63
Function Command name Reserved Command Type Reserved
Bit 64 - 95
Function Transaction ID
Bit 96 - 127
Function Command data
Command 1 indicates disabling flow while 2 is enabling flow
Command types -
Command types
= ==========================================
0 for MAP command request
1 is to acknowledge the receipt of a command
2 is for unsupported commands
3 is for error during processing of commands
= ==========================================
c. Aggregation
@ -71,9 +82,11 @@ packets and either ACK the MAP command or deliver the IP packet to the
network stack as needed
MAP header|IP Packet|Optional padding|MAP header|IP Packet|Optional padding....
MAP header|IP Packet|Optional padding|MAP header|Command Packet|Optional pad...
3. Userspace configuration
==========================
rmnet userspace configuration is done through netlink library librmnetctl
and command line utility rmnetcli. Utility is hosted in codeaurora forum git.

222
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/sb1000.rst Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===================
SB100 device driver
===================
sb1000 is a module network device driver for the General Instrument (also known
as NextLevel) SURFboard1000 internal cable modem board. This is an ISA card
which is used by a number of cable TV companies to provide cable modem access.
It's a one-way downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link
is provided by your regular phone modem.
This driver was written by Franco Venturi <fventuri@mediaone.net>. He deserves
a great deal of thanks for this wonderful piece of code!
Needed tools
============
Support for this device is now a part of the standard Linux kernel. The
driver source code file is drivers/net/sb1000.c. In addition to this
you will need:
1. The "cmconfig" program. This is a utility which supplements "ifconfig"
to configure the cable modem and network interface (usually called "cm0");
2. Several PPP scripts which live in /etc/ppp to make connecting via your
cable modem easy.
These utilities can be obtained from:
http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/
in Franco's original source code distribution .tar.gz file. Support for
the sb1000 driver can be found at:
- http://web.archive.org/web/%2E/http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
- http://web.archive.org/web/%2E/http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
along with these utilities.
3. The standard isapnp tools. These are necessary to configure your SB1000
card at boot time (or afterwards by hand) since it's a PnP card.
If you don't have these installed as a standard part of your Linux
distribution, you can find them at:
http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/
or check your Linux distribution binary CD or their web site. For help with
isapnp, pnpdump, or /etc/isapnp.conf, go to:
http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/isapnpfaq.html
Using the driver
================
To make the SB1000 card work, follow these steps:
1. Run ``make config``, or ``make menuconfig``, or ``make xconfig``, whichever
you prefer, in the top kernel tree directory to set up your kernel
configuration. Make sure to say "Y" to "Prompt for development drivers"
and to say "M" to the sb1000 driver. Also say "Y" or "M" to all the standard
networking questions to get TCP/IP and PPP networking support.
2. **BEFORE** you build the kernel, edit drivers/net/sb1000.c. Make sure
to redefine the value of READ_DATA_PORT to match the I/O address used
by isapnp to access your PnP cards. This is the value of READPORT in
/etc/isapnp.conf or given by the output of pnpdump.
3. Build and install the kernel and modules as usual.
4. Boot your new kernel following the usual procedures.
5. Set up to configure the new SB1000 PnP card by capturing the output
of "pnpdump" to a file and editing this file to set the correct I/O ports,
IRQ, and DMA settings for all your PnP cards. Make sure none of the settings
conflict with one another. Then test this configuration by running the
"isapnp" command with your new config file as the input. Check for
errors and fix as necessary. (As an aside, I use I/O ports 0x110 and
0x310 and IRQ 11 for my SB1000 card and these work well for me. YMMV.)
Then save the finished config file as /etc/isapnp.conf for proper
configuration on subsequent reboots.
6. Download the original file sb1000-1.1.2.tar.gz from Franco's site or one of
the others referenced above. As root, unpack it into a temporary directory
and do a ``make cmconfig`` and then ``install -c cmconfig /usr/local/sbin``.
Don't do ``make install`` because it expects to find all the utilities built
and ready for installation, not just cmconfig.
7. As root, copy all the files under the ppp/ subdirectory in Franco's
tar file into /etc/ppp, being careful not to overwrite any files that are
already in there. Then modify ppp@gi-on to set the correct login name,
phone number, and frequency for the cable modem. Also edit pap-secrets
to specify your login name and password and any site-specific information
you need.
8. Be sure to modify /etc/ppp/firewall to use ipchains instead of
the older ipfwadm commands from the 2.0.x kernels. There's a neat utility to
convert ipfwadm commands to ipchains commands:
http://users.dhp.com/~whisper/ipfwadm2ipchains/
You may also wish to modify the firewall script to implement a different
firewalling scheme.
9. Start the PPP connection via the script /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on. You must be
root to do this. It's better to use a utility like sudo to execute
frequently used commands like this with root permissions if possible. If you
connect successfully the cable modem interface will come up and you'll see a
driver message like this at the console::
cm0: sb1000 at (0x110,0x310), csn 1, S/N 0x2a0d16d8, IRQ 11.
sb1000.c:v1.1.2 6/01/98 (fventuri@mediaone.net)
The "ifconfig" command should show two new interfaces, ppp0 and cm0.
The command "cmconfig cm0" will give you information about the cable modem
interface.
10. Try pinging a site via ``ping -c 5 www.yahoo.com``, for example. You should
see packets received.
11. If you can't get site names (like www.yahoo.com) to resolve into
IP addresses (like 204.71.200.67), be sure your /etc/resolv.conf file
has no syntax errors and has the right nameserver IP addresses in it.
If this doesn't help, try something like ``ping -c 5 204.71.200.67`` to
see if the networking is running but the DNS resolution is where the
problem lies.
12. If you still have problems, go to the support web sites mentioned above
and read the information and documentation there.
Common problems
===============
1. Packets go out on the ppp0 interface but don't come back on the cm0
interface. It looks like I'm connected but I can't even ping any
numerical IP addresses. (This happens predominantly on Debian systems due
to a default boot-time configuration script.)
Solution
As root ``echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/cm0/rp_filter`` so it
can share the same IP address as the ppp0 interface. Note that this
command should probably be added to the /etc/ppp/cablemodem script
*right*between* the "/sbin/ifconfig" and "/sbin/cmconfig" commands.
You may need to do this to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/ppp0/rp_filter as well.
If you do this to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter on each reboot
(in rc.local or some such) then any interfaces can share the same IP
addresses.
2. I get "unresolved symbol" error messages on executing ``insmod sb1000.o``.
Solution
You probably have a non-matching kernel source tree and
/usr/include/linux and /usr/include/asm header files. Make sure you
install the correct versions of the header files in these two directories.
Then rebuild and reinstall the kernel.
3. When isapnp runs it reports an error, and my SB1000 card isn't working.
Solution
There's a problem with later versions of isapnp using the "(CHECK)"
option in the lines that allocate the two I/O addresses for the SB1000 card.
This first popped up on RH 6.0. Delete "(CHECK)" for the SB1000 I/O addresses.
Make sure they don't conflict with any other pieces of hardware first! Then
rerun isapnp and go from there.
4. I can't execute the /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on file.
Solution
As root do ``chmod ug+x /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on``.
5. The firewall script isn't working (with 2.2.x and higher kernels).
Solution
Use the ipfwadm2ipchains script referenced above to convert the
/etc/ppp/firewall script from the deprecated ipfwadm commands to ipchains.
6. I'm getting *tons* of firewall deny messages in the /var/kern.log,
/var/messages, and/or /var/syslog files, and they're filling up my /var
partition!!!
Solution
First, tell your ISP that you're receiving DoS (Denial of Service)
and/or portscanning (UDP connection attempts) attacks! Look over the deny
messages to figure out what the attack is and where it's coming from. Next,
edit /etc/ppp/cablemodem and make sure the ",nobroadcast" option is turned on
to the "cmconfig" command (uncomment that line). If you're not receiving these
denied packets on your broadcast interface (IP address xxx.yyy.zzz.255
typically), then someone is attacking your machine in particular. Be careful
out there....
7. Everything seems to work fine but my computer locks up after a while
(and typically during a lengthy download through the cable modem)!
Solution
You may need to add a short delay in the driver to 'slow down' the
SURFboard because your PC might not be able to keep up with the transfer rate
of the SB1000. To do this, it's probably best to download Franco's
sb1000-1.1.2.tar.gz archive and build and install sb1000.o manually. You'll
want to edit the 'Makefile' and look for the 'SB1000_DELAY'
define. Uncomment those 'CFLAGS' lines (and comment out the default ones)
and try setting the delay to something like 60 microseconds with:
'-DSB1000_DELAY=60'. Then do ``make`` and as root ``make install`` and try
it out. If it still doesn't work or you like playing with the driver, you may
try other numbers. Remember though that the higher the delay, the slower the
driver (which slows down the rest of the PC too when it is actively
used). Thanks to Ed Daiga for this tip!
Credits
=======
This README came from Franco Venturi's original README file which is
still supplied with his driver .tar.gz archive. I and all other sb1000 users
owe Franco a tremendous "Thank you!" Additional thanks goes to Carl Patten
and Ralph Bonnell who are now managing the Linux SB1000 web site, and to
the SB1000 users who reported and helped debug the common problems listed
above.
Clemmitt Sigler
csigler@vt.edu

207
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/sb1000.txt
View File

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
sb1000 is a module network device driver for the General Instrument (also known
as NextLevel) SURFboard1000 internal cable modem board. This is an ISA card
which is used by a number of cable TV companies to provide cable modem access.
It's a one-way downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link
is provided by your regular phone modem.
This driver was written by Franco Venturi <fventuri@mediaone.net>. He deserves
a great deal of thanks for this wonderful piece of code!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Support for this device is now a part of the standard Linux kernel. The
driver source code file is drivers/net/sb1000.c. In addition to this
you will need:
1.) The "cmconfig" program. This is a utility which supplements "ifconfig"
to configure the cable modem and network interface (usually called "cm0");
and
2.) Several PPP scripts which live in /etc/ppp to make connecting via your
cable modem easy.
These utilities can be obtained from:
http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/
in Franco's original source code distribution .tar.gz file. Support for
the sb1000 driver can be found at:
http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
along with these utilities.
3.) The standard isapnp tools. These are necessary to configure your SB1000
card at boot time (or afterwards by hand) since it's a PnP card.
If you don't have these installed as a standard part of your Linux
distribution, you can find them at:
http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/
or check your Linux distribution binary CD or their web site. For help with
isapnp, pnpdump, or /etc/isapnp.conf, go to:
http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/isapnpfaq.html
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
To make the SB1000 card work, follow these steps:
1.) Run `make config', or `make menuconfig', or `make xconfig', whichever
you prefer, in the top kernel tree directory to set up your kernel
configuration. Make sure to say "Y" to "Prompt for development drivers"
and to say "M" to the sb1000 driver. Also say "Y" or "M" to all the standard
networking questions to get TCP/IP and PPP networking support.
2.) *BEFORE* you build the kernel, edit drivers/net/sb1000.c. Make sure
to redefine the value of READ_DATA_PORT to match the I/O address used
by isapnp to access your PnP cards. This is the value of READPORT in
/etc/isapnp.conf or given by the output of pnpdump.
3.) Build and install the kernel and modules as usual.
4.) Boot your new kernel following the usual procedures.
5.) Set up to configure the new SB1000 PnP card by capturing the output
of "pnpdump" to a file and editing this file to set the correct I/O ports,
IRQ, and DMA settings for all your PnP cards. Make sure none of the settings
conflict with one another. Then test this configuration by running the
"isapnp" command with your new config file as the input. Check for
errors and fix as necessary. (As an aside, I use I/O ports 0x110 and
0x310 and IRQ 11 for my SB1000 card and these work well for me. YMMV.)
Then save the finished config file as /etc/isapnp.conf for proper configuration
on subsequent reboots.
6.) Download the original file sb1000-1.1.2.tar.gz from Franco's site or one of
the others referenced above. As root, unpack it into a temporary directory and
do a `make cmconfig' and then `install -c cmconfig /usr/local/sbin'. Don't do
`make install' because it expects to find all the utilities built and ready for
installation, not just cmconfig.
7.) As root, copy all the files under the ppp/ subdirectory in Franco's
tar file into /etc/ppp, being careful not to overwrite any files that are
already in there. Then modify ppp@gi-on to set the correct login name,
phone number, and frequency for the cable modem. Also edit pap-secrets
to specify your login name and password and any site-specific information
you need.
8.) Be sure to modify /etc/ppp/firewall to use ipchains instead of
the older ipfwadm commands from the 2.0.x kernels. There's a neat utility to
convert ipfwadm commands to ipchains commands:
http://users.dhp.com/~whisper/ipfwadm2ipchains/
You may also wish to modify the firewall script to implement a different
firewalling scheme.
9.) Start the PPP connection via the script /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on. You must be
root to do this. It's better to use a utility like sudo to execute
frequently used commands like this with root permissions if possible. If you
connect successfully the cable modem interface will come up and you'll see a
driver message like this at the console:
cm0: sb1000 at (0x110,0x310), csn 1, S/N 0x2a0d16d8, IRQ 11.
sb1000.c:v1.1.2 6/01/98 (fventuri@mediaone.net)
The "ifconfig" command should show two new interfaces, ppp0 and cm0.
The command "cmconfig cm0" will give you information about the cable modem
interface.
10.) Try pinging a site via `ping -c 5 www.yahoo.com', for example. You should
see packets received.
11.) If you can't get site names (like www.yahoo.com) to resolve into
IP addresses (like 204.71.200.67), be sure your /etc/resolv.conf file
has no syntax errors and has the right nameserver IP addresses in it.
If this doesn't help, try something like `ping -c 5 204.71.200.67' to
see if the networking is running but the DNS resolution is where the
problem lies.
12.) If you still have problems, go to the support web sites mentioned above
and read the information and documentation there.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common problems:
1.) Packets go out on the ppp0 interface but don't come back on the cm0
interface. It looks like I'm connected but I can't even ping any
numerical IP addresses. (This happens predominantly on Debian systems due
to a default boot-time configuration script.)
Solution -- As root `echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/cm0/rp_filter' so it
can share the same IP address as the ppp0 interface. Note that this
command should probably be added to the /etc/ppp/cablemodem script
*right*between* the "/sbin/ifconfig" and "/sbin/cmconfig" commands.
You may need to do this to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/ppp0/rp_filter as well.
If you do this to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter on each reboot
(in rc.local or some such) then any interfaces can share the same IP
addresses.
2.) I get "unresolved symbol" error messages on executing `insmod sb1000.o'.
Solution -- You probably have a non-matching kernel source tree and
/usr/include/linux and /usr/include/asm header files. Make sure you
install the correct versions of the header files in these two directories.
Then rebuild and reinstall the kernel.
3.) When isapnp runs it reports an error, and my SB1000 card isn't working.
Solution -- There's a problem with later versions of isapnp using the "(CHECK)"
option in the lines that allocate the two I/O addresses for the SB1000 card.
This first popped up on RH 6.0. Delete "(CHECK)" for the SB1000 I/O addresses.
Make sure they don't conflict with any other pieces of hardware first! Then
rerun isapnp and go from there.
4.) I can't execute the /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on file.
Solution -- As root do `chmod ug+x /etc/ppp/ppp@gi-on'.
5.) The firewall script isn't working (with 2.2.x and higher kernels).
Solution -- Use the ipfwadm2ipchains script referenced above to convert the
/etc/ppp/firewall script from the deprecated ipfwadm commands to ipchains.
6.) I'm getting *tons* of firewall deny messages in the /var/kern.log,
/var/messages, and/or /var/syslog files, and they're filling up my /var
partition!!!
Solution -- First, tell your ISP that you're receiving DoS (Denial of Service)
and/or portscanning (UDP connection attempts) attacks! Look over the deny
messages to figure out what the attack is and where it's coming from. Next,
edit /etc/ppp/cablemodem and make sure the ",nobroadcast" option is turned on
to the "cmconfig" command (uncomment that line). If you're not receiving these
denied packets on your broadcast interface (IP address xxx.yyy.zzz.255
typically), then someone is attacking your machine in particular. Be careful
out there....
7.) Everything seems to work fine but my computer locks up after a while
(and typically during a lengthy download through the cable modem)!
Solution -- You may need to add a short delay in the driver to 'slow down' the
SURFboard because your PC might not be able to keep up with the transfer rate
of the SB1000. To do this, it's probably best to download Franco's
sb1000-1.1.2.tar.gz archive and build and install sb1000.o manually. You'll
want to edit the 'Makefile' and look for the 'SB1000_DELAY'
define. Uncomment those 'CFLAGS' lines (and comment out the default ones)
and try setting the delay to something like 60 microseconds with:
'-DSB1000_DELAY=60'. Then do `make' and as root `make install' and try
it out. If it still doesn't work or you like playing with the driver, you may
try other numbers. Remember though that the higher the delay, the slower the
driver (which slows down the rest of the PC too when it is actively
used). Thanks to Ed Daiga for this tip!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credits: This README came from Franco Venturi's original README file which is
still supplied with his driver .tar.gz archive. I and all other sb1000 users
owe Franco a tremendous "Thank you!" Additional thanks goes to Carl Patten
and Ralph Bonnell who are now managing the Linux SB1000 web site, and to
the SB1000 users who reported and helped debug the common problems listed
above.
Clemmitt Sigler
csigler@vt.edu

48
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.rst Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
================
SMC 9xxxx Driver
================
Revision 0.12
3/5/96
Copyright 1996 Erik Stahlman
Released under terms of the GNU General Public License.
This file contains the instructions and caveats for my SMC9xxx driver. You
should not be using the driver without reading this file.
Things to note about installation:
1. The driver should work on all kernels from 1.2.13 until 1.3.71.
(A kernel patch is supplied for 1.3.71 )
2. If you include this into the kernel, you might need to change some
options, such as for forcing IRQ.
3. To compile as a module, run 'make'.
Make will give you the appropriate options for various kernel support.
4. Loading the driver as a module::
use: insmod smc9194.o
optional parameters:
io=xxxx : your base address
irq=xx : your irq
ifport=x : 0 for whatever is default
1 for twisted pair
2 for AUI ( or BNC on some cards )
How to obtain the latest version?
FTP:
ftp://fenris.campus.vt.edu/smc9/smc9-12.tar.gz
ftp://sfbox.vt.edu/filebox/F/fenris/smc9/smc9-12.tar.gz
Contacting me:
erik@mail.vt.edu

42
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.txt
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
SMC 9xxxx Driver
Revision 0.12
3/5/96
Copyright 1996 Erik Stahlman
Released under terms of the GNU General Public License.
This file contains the instructions and caveats for my SMC9xxx driver. You
should not be using the driver without reading this file.
Things to note about installation:
1. The driver should work on all kernels from 1.2.13 until 1.3.71.
(A kernel patch is supplied for 1.3.71 )
2. If you include this into the kernel, you might need to change some
options, such as for forcing IRQ.
3. To compile as a module, run 'make' .
Make will give you the appropriate options for various kernel support.
4. Loading the driver as a module :
use: insmod smc9194.o
optional parameters:
io=xxxx : your base address
irq=xx : your irq
ifport=x : 0 for whatever is default
1 for twisted pair
2 for AUI ( or BNC on some cards )
How to obtain the latest version?
FTP:
ftp://fenris.campus.vt.edu/smc9/smc9-12.tar.gz
ftp://sfbox.vt.edu/filebox/F/fenris/smc9/smc9-12.tar.gz
Contacting me:
erik@mail.vt.edu

587
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw.rst Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================================
Texas Instruments CPSW ethernet driver
======================================
Multiqueue & CBS & MQPRIO
=========================
The cpsw has 3 CBS shapers for each external ports. This document
describes MQPRIO and CBS Qdisc offload configuration for cpsw driver
based on examples. It potentially can be used in audio video bridging
(AVB) and time sensitive networking (TSN).
The following examples were tested on AM572x EVM and BBB boards.
Test setup
==========
Under consideration two examples with AM572x EVM running cpsw driver
in dual_emac mode.
Several prerequisites:
- TX queues must be rated starting from txq0 that has highest priority
- Traffic classes are used starting from 0, that has highest priority
- CBS shapers should be used with rated queues
- The bandwidth for CBS shapers has to be set a little bit more then
potential incoming rate, thus, rate of all incoming tx queues has
to be a little less
- Real rates can differ, due to discreetness
- Map skb-priority to txq is not enough, also skb-priority to l2 prio
map has to be created with ip or vconfig tool
- Any l2/socket prio (0 - 7) for classes can be used, but for
simplicity default values are used: 3 and 2
- only 2 classes tested: A and B, but checked and can work with more,
maximum allowed 4, but only for 3 rate can be set.
Test setup for examples
=======================
::
+-------------------------------+
|--+ |
| | Workstation0 |
|E | MAC 18:03:73:66:87:42 |
+-----------------------------+ +--|t | |
| | 1 | E | | |h |./tsn_listener -d \ |
| Target board: | 0 | t |--+ |0 | 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0 \|
| AM572x EVM | 0 | h | | | -s 1500 |
| | 0 | 0 | |--+ |
| Only 2 classes: |Mb +---| +-------------------------------+
| class A, class B | |
| | +---| +-------------------------------+
| | 1 | E | |--+ |
| | 0 | t | | | Workstation1 |
| | 0 | h |--+ |E | MAC 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd |
| |Mb | 1 | +--|t | |
+-----------------------------+ |h |./tsn_listener -d \ |
|0 | 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth0 \|
| | -s 1500 |
|--+ |
+-------------------------------+
Example 1: One port tx AVB configuration scheme for target board
----------------------------------------------------------------
(prints and scheme for AM572x evm, applicable for single port boards)
- tc - traffic class
- txq - transmit queue
- p - priority
- f - fifo (cpsw fifo)
- S - shaper configured
::
+------------------------------------------------------------------+ u
| +---------------+ +---------------+ +------+ +------+ | s
| | | | | | | | | | e
| | App 1 | | App 2 | | Apps | | Apps | | r
| | Class A | | Class B | | Rest | | Rest | |
| | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | Eth1 | | s
| | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | | | | | | | p
| | 40 Mb/s | | 20 Mb/s | | | | | | | | a
| | SO_PRIORITY=3 | | SO_PRIORITY=2 | | | | | | | | c
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | e
| +---|-----------+ +---|-----------+ +---|--+ +---|--+ |
+-----|------------------|------------------|--------|-------------+
+-+ +------------+ | |
| | +-----------------+ +--+
| | | |
+---|-------|-------------|-----------------------|----------------+
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | p3 | | p2 | | p1 | | p0 | | p0 | | k
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | e
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | r
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | n
| | | | | | e
| | | +-----+ | | l
| | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ | s
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | |tc0 | | p
| \ / \ / \ / \ / | a
| \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \/ \/ \/ \/ | e
| | | +-----+ | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |txq0| |txq1| |txq2| |txq3| |txq4| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ |
| +-|------|------|------|--+ +--|--------------+ |
| | | | | | | Eth0.100 | | Eth1 | |
+---|------|------|------|------------------------|----------------+
| | | | |
p p p p |
3 2 0-1, 4-7 <- L2 priority |
| | | | |
| | | | |
+---|------|------|------|------------------------|----------------+
| | | | | |----------+ |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |dma7| |dma6| |dma5| |dma4| |dma3| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \S / \S / \ / \ / \ / | p
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | s
| | | | +----- | | w
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | | d
| +----+ +----+ +----+p p+----+ | r
| | | | | | |o o| | | i
| | f3 | | f2 | | f0 |r r| f0 | | v
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 |t t|tc0 | | e
| \CBS / \CBS / \CBS /1 2\CBS / | r
| \S / \S / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ |
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
1) ::
// Add 4 tx queues, for interface Eth0, and 1 tx queue for Eth1
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 5
rx unmodified, ignoring
2) ::
// Check if num of queues is set correctly:
$ ethtool -l eth0
Channel parameters for eth0:
Pre-set maximums:
RX: 8
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
Current hardware settings:
RX: 1
TX: 5
Other: 0
Combined: 0
3) ::
// TX queues must be rated starting from 0, so set bws for tx0 and tx1
// Set rates 40 and 20 Mb/s appropriately.
// Pay attention, real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness.
// Leave last 2 tx queues not rated.
$ echo 40 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-0/tx_maxrate
$ echo 20 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-1/tx_maxrate
4) ::
// Check maximum rate of tx (cpdma) queues:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-*/tx_maxrate
40
20
0
0
0
5) ::
// Map skb->priority to traffic class:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq0, tc1 -> txq1, tc2 -> (txq2, txq3)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 1
5a) ::
// As two interface sharing same set of tx queues, assign all traffic
// coming to interface Eth1 to separate queue in order to not mix it
// with traffic from interface Eth0, so use separate txq to send
// packets to Eth1, so all prio -> tc0 and tc0 -> txq4
// Here hw 0, so here still default configuration for eth1 in hw
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth1 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 1 \
map 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 queues 1@4 hw 0
6) ::
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:3) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
$ tc -g class show dev eth1
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:5) mqprio
7) ::
// Set rate for class A - 41 Mbit (tc0, txq0) using CBS Qdisc
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
// here only idle slope is important, others arg are ignored
// Pay attention, real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:1 cbs locredit -1438 \
hicredit 62 sendslope -959000 idleslope 41000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 50
8) ::
// Set rate for class B - 21 Mbit (tc1, txq1) using CBS Qdisc:
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1468 \
hicredit 65 sendslope -979000 idleslope 21000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 30
9) ::
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device eth0
8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device eth1
net eth0: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
10) ::
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio, 1 to 1
$ ip link set eth0.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
11) ::
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth0.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
12) ::
// Run your appropriate tools with socket option "SO_PRIORITY"
// to 3 for class A and/or to 2 for class B
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p3 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p2 -s 1500&
13) ::
// run your listener on workstation (should be in same vlan)
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_listener -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i enp5s0 -s 1500
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39000 kbps
14) ::
// Restore default configuration if needed
$ ip link del eth0.100
$ tc qdisc del dev eth1 root
$ tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
net eth0: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 1
Example 2: Two port tx AVB configuration scheme for target board
----------------------------------------------------------------
(prints and scheme for AM572x evm, for dual emac boards only)
::
+------------------------------------------------------------------+ u
| +----------+ +----------+ +------+ +----------+ +----------+ | s
| | | | | | | | | | | | e
| | App 1 | | App 2 | | Apps | | App 3 | | App 4 | | r
| | Class A | | Class B | | Rest | | Class B | | Class A | |
| | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | | | | Eth1 | | Eth1 | | s
| | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | | | | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | p
| | 40 Mb/s | | 20 Mb/s | | | | | 10 Mb/s | | 30 Mb/s | | a
| | SO_PRI=3 | | SO_PRI=2 | | | | | SO_PRI=3 | | SO_PRI=2 | | c
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | e
| +---|------+ +---|------+ +---|--+ +---|------+ +---|------+ |
+-----|-------------|-------------|---------|-------------|--------+
+-+ +-------+ | +----------+ +----+
| | +-------+------+ | |
| | | | | |
+---|-------|-------------|--------------|-------------|-------|---+
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | p3 | | p2 | | p1 | | p0 | | p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | k
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | e
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | r
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | n
| | | | | | | | e
| | | +----+ +----+ | | | l
| | | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ | s
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | |tc2 | |tc1 | |tc0 | | p
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | a
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | e
| | | +-----+ +-----+ | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | E E | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ t t +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |txq0| |txq1| |txq4| |txq5| h h |txq6| |txq7| |txq3| |txq2| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / 0 1 \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / . . \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ 1 1 \/ \/ \/ \/ |
| +-|------|------|------|--+ 0 0 +-|------|------|------|--+ |
| | | | | | | 0 0 | | | | | | |
+---|------|------|------|---------------|------|------|------|----+
| | | | | | | |
p p p p p p p p
3 2 0-1, 4-7 <-L2 pri-> 0-1, 4-7 2 3
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
+---|------|------|------|---------------|------|------|------|----+
| | | | | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |dma7| |dma6| |dma3| |dma2| |dma1| |dma0| |dma4| |dma5| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \S / \S / \ / \ / \ / \ / \S / \S / | p
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | s
| | | | +----- | | | | | w
| | | | | +----+ | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | d
| +----+ +----+ +----+p p+----+ +----+ +----+ | r
| | | | | | |o o| | | | | | | i
| | f3 | | f2 | | f0 |r CPSW r| f3 | | f2 | | f0 | | v
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 |t t|tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | | e
| \CBS / \CBS / \CBS /1 2\CBS / \CBS / \CBS / | r
| \S / \S / \ / \S / \S / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ |
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
========================================Eth==========================>
1) ::
// Add 8 tx queues, for interface Eth0, but they are common, so are accessed
// by two interfaces Eth0 and Eth1.
$ ethtool -L eth1 rx 1 tx 8
rx unmodified, ignoring
2) ::
// Check if num of queues is set correctly:
$ ethtool -l eth0
Channel parameters for eth0:
Pre-set maximums:
RX: 8
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
Current hardware settings:
RX: 1
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
3) ::
// TX queues must be rated starting from 0, so set bws for tx0 and tx1 for Eth0
// and for tx2 and tx3 for Eth1. That is, rates 40 and 20 Mb/s appropriately
// for Eth0 and 30 and 10 Mb/s for Eth1.
// Real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
// Leave last 4 tx queues as not rated
$ echo 40 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-0/tx_maxrate
$ echo 20 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-1/tx_maxrate
$ echo 30 > /sys/class/net/eth1/queues/tx-2/tx_maxrate
$ echo 10 > /sys/class/net/eth1/queues/tx-3/tx_maxrate
4) ::
// Check maximum rate of tx (cpdma) queues:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-*/tx_maxrate
40
20
30
10
0
0
0
0
5) ::
// Map skb->priority to traffic class for Eth0:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq0, tc1 -> txq1, tc2 -> (txq4, txq5)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@4 hw 1
6) ::
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:5) mqprio
| +---(100:6) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
7) ::
// Set rate for class A - 41 Mbit (tc0, txq0) using CBS Qdisc for Eth0
// here only idle slope is important, others ignored
// Real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:1 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 62 sendslope -959000 idleslope 41000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 50
8) ::
// Set rate for class B - 21 Mbit (tc1, txq1) using CBS Qdisc for Eth0
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 65 sendslope -979000 idleslope 21000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 30
9) ::
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos for Eth0
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
net eth0: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
10) ::
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio for Eth0.100, one to one
$ ip link set eth0.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
11) ::
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth0.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
12) ::
// Map skb->priority to traffic class for Eth1:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq2, tc1 -> txq3, tc2 -> (txq6, txq7)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth1 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@2 1@3 2@6 hw 1
13) ::
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth1
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:7) mqprio
| +---(100:8) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:3) mqprio
14) ::
// Set rate for class A - 31 Mbit (tc0, txq2) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
// here only idle slope is important, others ignored, but calculated
// for interface speed - 100Mb for eth1 port.
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:3 cbs locredit -1035 \
hicredit 465 sendslope -69000 idleslope 31000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO3 bw = 31
15) ::
// Set rate for class B - 11 Mbit (tc1, txq3) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:4 cbs locredit -1335 \
hicredit 405 sendslope -89000 idleslope 11000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO2 bw = 11
16) ::
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos for Eth1
$ ip link add link eth1 name eth1.100 type vlan id 100
net eth1: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
17) ::
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio for Eth1.100, one to one
$ ip link set eth1.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
18) ::
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth1.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
19) ::
// Run appropriate tools with socket option "SO_PRIORITY" to 3
// for class A and to 2 for class B. For both interfaces
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p2 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p3 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth1.100 -p2 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth1.100 -p3 -s 1500&
20) ::
// run your listener on workstation (should be in same vlan)
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_listener -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i enp5s0 -s 1500
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39000 kbps
21) ::
// Restore default configuration if needed
$ ip link del eth1.100
$ ip link del eth0.100
$ tc qdisc del dev eth1 root
net eth1: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth1: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth1: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
net eth0: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 1

541
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw.txt
View File

@ -1,541 +0,0 @@
* Texas Instruments CPSW ethernet driver
Multiqueue & CBS & MQPRIO
=====================================================================
=====================================================================
The cpsw has 3 CBS shapers for each external ports. This document
describes MQPRIO and CBS Qdisc offload configuration for cpsw driver
based on examples. It potentially can be used in audio video bridging
(AVB) and time sensitive networking (TSN).
The following examples were tested on AM572x EVM and BBB boards.
Test setup
==========
Under consideration two examples with AM572x EVM running cpsw driver
in dual_emac mode.
Several prerequisites:
- TX queues must be rated starting from txq0 that has highest priority
- Traffic classes are used starting from 0, that has highest priority
- CBS shapers should be used with rated queues
- The bandwidth for CBS shapers has to be set a little bit more then
potential incoming rate, thus, rate of all incoming tx queues has
to be a little less
- Real rates can differ, due to discreetness
- Map skb-priority to txq is not enough, also skb-priority to l2 prio
map has to be created with ip or vconfig tool
- Any l2/socket prio (0 - 7) for classes can be used, but for
simplicity default values are used: 3 and 2
- only 2 classes tested: A and B, but checked and can work with more,
maximum allowed 4, but only for 3 rate can be set.
Test setup for examples
=======================
+-------------------------------+
|--+ |
| | Workstation0 |
|E | MAC 18:03:73:66:87:42 |
+-----------------------------+ +--|t | |
| | 1 | E | | |h |./tsn_listener -d \ |
| Target board: | 0 | t |--+ |0 | 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0 \|
| AM572x EVM | 0 | h | | | -s 1500 |
| | 0 | 0 | |--+ |
| Only 2 classes: |Mb +---| +-------------------------------+
| class A, class B | |
| | +---| +-------------------------------+
| | 1 | E | |--+ |
| | 0 | t | | | Workstation1 |
| | 0 | h |--+ |E | MAC 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd |
| |Mb | 1 | +--|t | |
+-----------------------------+ |h |./tsn_listener -d \ |
|0 | 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth0 \|
| | -s 1500 |
|--+ |
+-------------------------------+
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
Example 1: One port tx AVB configuration scheme for target board
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(prints and scheme for AM572x evm, applicable for single port boards)
tc - traffic class
txq - transmit queue
p - priority
f - fifo (cpsw fifo)
S - shaper configured
+------------------------------------------------------------------+ u
| +---------------+ +---------------+ +------+ +------+ | s
| | | | | | | | | | e
| | App 1 | | App 2 | | Apps | | Apps | | r
| | Class A | | Class B | | Rest | | Rest | |
| | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | Eth1 | | s
| | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | | | | | | | p
| | 40 Mb/s | | 20 Mb/s | | | | | | | | a
| | SO_PRIORITY=3 | | SO_PRIORITY=2 | | | | | | | | c
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | e
| +---|-----------+ +---|-----------+ +---|--+ +---|--+ |
+-----|------------------|------------------|--------|-------------+
+-+ +------------+ | |
| | +-----------------+ +--+
| | | |
+---|-------|-------------|-----------------------|----------------+
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | p3 | | p2 | | p1 | | p0 | | p0 | | k
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | e
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | r
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | n
| | | | | | e
| | | +-----+ | | l
| | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ | s
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | |tc0 | | p
| \ / \ / \ / \ / | a
| \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \/ \/ \/ \/ | e
| | | +-----+ | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |txq0| |txq1| |txq2| |txq3| |txq4| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ |
| +-|------|------|------|--+ +--|--------------+ |
| | | | | | | Eth0.100 | | Eth1 | |
+---|------|------|------|------------------------|----------------+
| | | | |
p p p p |
3 2 0-1, 4-7 <- L2 priority |
| | | | |
| | | | |
+---|------|------|------|------------------------|----------------+
| | | | | |----------+ |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |dma7| |dma6| |dma5| |dma4| |dma3| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \S / \S / \ / \ / \ / | p
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | s
| | | | +----- | | w
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | | d
| +----+ +----+ +----+p p+----+ | r
| | | | | | |o o| | | i
| | f3 | | f2 | | f0 |r r| f0 | | v
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 |t t|tc0 | | e
| \CBS / \CBS / \CBS /1 2\CBS / | r
| \S / \S / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ |
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
========================================Eth==========================>
1)
// Add 4 tx queues, for interface Eth0, and 1 tx queue for Eth1
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 5
rx unmodified, ignoring
2)
// Check if num of queues is set correctly:
$ ethtool -l eth0
Channel parameters for eth0:
Pre-set maximums:
RX: 8
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
Current hardware settings:
RX: 1
TX: 5
Other: 0
Combined: 0
3)
// TX queues must be rated starting from 0, so set bws for tx0 and tx1
// Set rates 40 and 20 Mb/s appropriately.
// Pay attention, real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness.
// Leave last 2 tx queues not rated.
$ echo 40 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-0/tx_maxrate
$ echo 20 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-1/tx_maxrate
4)
// Check maximum rate of tx (cpdma) queues:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-*/tx_maxrate
40
20
0
0
0
5)
// Map skb->priority to traffic class:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq0, tc1 -> txq1, tc2 -> (txq2, txq3)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 1
5a)
// As two interface sharing same set of tx queues, assign all traffic
// coming to interface Eth1 to separate queue in order to not mix it
// with traffic from interface Eth0, so use separate txq to send
// packets to Eth1, so all prio -> tc0 and tc0 -> txq4
// Here hw 0, so here still default configuration for eth1 in hw
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth1 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 1 \
map 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 queues 1@4 hw 0
6)
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:3) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
$ tc -g class show dev eth1
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:5) mqprio
7)
// Set rate for class A - 41 Mbit (tc0, txq0) using CBS Qdisc
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
// here only idle slope is important, others arg are ignored
// Pay attention, real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:1 cbs locredit -1438 \
hicredit 62 sendslope -959000 idleslope 41000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 50
8)
// Set rate for class B - 21 Mbit (tc1, txq1) using CBS Qdisc:
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1468 \
hicredit 65 sendslope -979000 idleslope 21000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 30
9)
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device eth0
8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device eth1
net eth0: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
10)
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio, 1 to 1
$ ip link set eth0.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
11)
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth0.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
12)
// Run your appropriate tools with socket option "SO_PRIORITY"
// to 3 for class A and/or to 2 for class B
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p3 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p2 -s 1500&
13)
// run your listener on workstation (should be in same vlan)
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_listener -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i enp5s0 -s 1500
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39000 kbps
14)
// Restore default configuration if needed
$ ip link del eth0.100
$ tc qdisc del dev eth1 root
$ tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
net eth0: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 1
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
*********************************************************************
Example 2: Two port tx AVB configuration scheme for target board
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(prints and scheme for AM572x evm, for dual emac boards only)
+------------------------------------------------------------------+ u
| +----------+ +----------+ +------+ +----------+ +----------+ | s
| | | | | | | | | | | | e
| | App 1 | | App 2 | | Apps | | App 3 | | App 4 | | r
| | Class A | | Class B | | Rest | | Class B | | Class A | |
| | Eth0 | | Eth0 | | | | | Eth1 | | Eth1 | | s
| | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | | | | VLAN100 | | VLAN100 | | p
| | 40 Mb/s | | 20 Mb/s | | | | | 10 Mb/s | | 30 Mb/s | | a
| | SO_PRI=3 | | SO_PRI=2 | | | | | SO_PRI=3 | | SO_PRI=2 | | c
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | e
| +---|------+ +---|------+ +---|--+ +---|------+ +---|------+ |
+-----|-------------|-------------|---------|-------------|--------+
+-+ +-------+ | +----------+ +----+
| | +-------+------+ | |
| | | | | |
+---|-------|-------------|--------------|-------------|-------|---+
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | p3 | | p2 | | p1 | | p0 | | p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | k
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | e
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | r
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | n
| | | | | | | | e
| | | +----+ +----+ | | | l
| | | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ | s
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | |tc2 | |tc1 | |tc0 | | p
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | a
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | e
| | | +-----+ +-----+ | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | E E | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ t t +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |txq0| |txq1| |txq4| |txq5| h h |txq6| |txq7| |txq3| |txq2| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / 0 1 \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / . . \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ 1 1 \/ \/ \/ \/ |
| +-|------|------|------|--+ 0 0 +-|------|------|------|--+ |
| | | | | | | 0 0 | | | | | | |
+---|------|------|------|---------------|------|------|------|----+
| | | | | | | |
p p p p p p p p
3 2 0-1, 4-7 <-L2 pri-> 0-1, 4-7 2 3
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
+---|------|------|------|---------------|------|------|------|----+
| | | | | | | | | |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |dma7| |dma6| |dma3| |dma2| |dma1| |dma0| |dma4| |dma5| |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / | c
| \S / \S / \ / \ / \ / \ / \S / \S / | p
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ | s
| | | | +----- | | | | | w
| | | | | +----+ | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | d
| +----+ +----+ +----+p p+----+ +----+ +----+ | r
| | | | | | |o o| | | | | | | i
| | f3 | | f2 | | f0 |r CPSW r| f3 | | f2 | | f0 | | v
| |tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 |t t|tc0 | |tc1 | |tc2 | | e
| \CBS / \CBS / \CBS /1 2\CBS / \CBS / \CBS / | r
| \S / \S / \ / \S / \S / \ / |
| \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ |
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
========================================Eth==========================>
1)
// Add 8 tx queues, for interface Eth0, but they are common, so are accessed
// by two interfaces Eth0 and Eth1.
$ ethtool -L eth1 rx 1 tx 8
rx unmodified, ignoring
2)
// Check if num of queues is set correctly:
$ ethtool -l eth0
Channel parameters for eth0:
Pre-set maximums:
RX: 8
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
Current hardware settings:
RX: 1
TX: 8
Other: 0
Combined: 0
3)
// TX queues must be rated starting from 0, so set bws for tx0 and tx1 for Eth0
// and for tx2 and tx3 for Eth1. That is, rates 40 and 20 Mb/s appropriately
// for Eth0 and 30 and 10 Mb/s for Eth1.
// Real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
// Leave last 4 tx queues as not rated
$ echo 40 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-0/tx_maxrate
$ echo 20 > /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-1/tx_maxrate
$ echo 30 > /sys/class/net/eth1/queues/tx-2/tx_maxrate
$ echo 10 > /sys/class/net/eth1/queues/tx-3/tx_maxrate
4)
// Check maximum rate of tx (cpdma) queues:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-*/tx_maxrate
40
20
30
10
0
0
0
0
5)
// Map skb->priority to traffic class for Eth0:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq0, tc1 -> txq1, tc2 -> (txq4, txq5)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@4 hw 1
6)
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:5) mqprio
| +---(100:6) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
7)
// Set rate for class A - 41 Mbit (tc0, txq0) using CBS Qdisc for Eth0
// here only idle slope is important, others ignored
// Real speed can differ a bit due to discreetness
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:1 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 62 sendslope -959000 idleslope 41000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 50
8)
// Set rate for class B - 21 Mbit (tc1, txq1) using CBS Qdisc for Eth0
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 65 sendslope -979000 idleslope 21000 offload 1
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 30
9)
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos for Eth0
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.100 type vlan id 100
net eth0: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
10)
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio for Eth0.100, one to one
$ ip link set eth0.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
11)
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth0.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
12)
// Map skb->priority to traffic class for Eth1:
// 3pri -> tc0, 2pri -> tc1, (0,1,4-7)pri -> tc2
// Map traffic class to transmit queue:
// tc0 -> txq2, tc1 -> txq3, tc2 -> (txq6, txq7)
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth1 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@2 1@3 2@6 hw 1
13)
// Check classes settings
$ tc -g class show dev eth1
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:7) mqprio
| +---(100:8) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:3) mqprio
14)
// Set rate for class A - 31 Mbit (tc0, txq2) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
// here only idle slope is important, others ignored, but calculated
// for interface speed - 100Mb for eth1 port.
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:3 cbs locredit -1035 \
hicredit 465 sendslope -69000 idleslope 31000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO3 bw = 31
15)
// Set rate for class B - 11 Mbit (tc1, txq3) using CBS Qdisc for Eth1
// Set it +1 Mb for reserve (important!)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 parent 100:4 cbs locredit -1335 \
hicredit 405 sendslope -89000 idleslope 11000 offload 1
net eth1: set FIFO2 bw = 11
16)
// Create vlan 100 to map sk->priority to vlan qos for Eth1
$ ip link add link eth1 name eth1.100 type vlan id 100
net eth1: Adding vlanid 100 to vlan filter
17)
// Map skb->priority to L2 prio for Eth1.100, one to one
$ ip link set eth1.100 type vlan \
egress 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
18)
// Check egress map for vlan 100
$ cat /proc/net/vlan/eth1.100
[...]
INGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
EGRESS priority mappings: 0:0 1:1 2:2 3:3 4:4 5:5 6:6 7:7
19)
// Run appropriate tools with socket option "SO_PRIORITY" to 3
// for class A and to 2 for class B. For both interfaces
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p2 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i eth0.100 -p3 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth1.100 -p2 -s 1500&
./tsn_talker -d 20:cf:30:85:7d:fd -i eth1.100 -p3 -s 1500&
20)
// run your listener on workstation (should be in same vlan)
// (I took at https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg460869.html)
./tsn_listener -d 18:03:73:66:87:42 -i enp5s0 -s 1500
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39012 kbps
Receiving data rate: 39000 kbps
21)
// Restore default configuration if needed
$ ip link del eth1.100
$ ip link del eth0.100
$ tc qdisc del dev eth1 root
net eth1: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth1: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth1: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
net eth0: Prev FIFO2 is shaped
net eth0: set FIFO3 bw = 0
net eth0: set FIFO2 bw = 0
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 1

235
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.rst
View File

@ -1,30 +1,44 @@
* Texas Instruments CPSW switchdev based ethernet driver 2.0
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================================================
Texas Instruments CPSW switchdev based ethernet driver
======================================================
:Version: 2.0
Port renaming
=============
- Port renaming
On older udev versions renaming of ethX to swXpY will not be automatically
supported
In order to rename via udev:
ip -d link show dev sw0p1 | grep switchid
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}==<switchid>, \
ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="sw0$attr{phys_port_name}"
In order to rename via udev::
ip -d link show dev sw0p1 | grep switchid
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}==<switchid>, \
ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="sw0$attr{phys_port_name}"
====================
# Dual mac mode
====================
Dual mac mode
=============
- The new (cpsw_new.c) driver is operating in dual-emac mode by default, thus
working as 2 individual network interfaces. Main differences from legacy CPSW
driver are:
working as 2 individual network interfaces. Main differences from legacy CPSW
driver are:
- optimized promiscuous mode: The P0_UNI_FLOOD (both ports) is enabled in
addition to ALLMULTI (current port) instead of ALE_BYPASS.
So, Ports in promiscuous mode will keep possibility of mcast and vlan filtering,
which is provides significant benefits when ports are joined to the same bridge,
but without enabling "switch" mode, or to different bridges.
addition to ALLMULTI (current port) instead of ALE_BYPASS.
So, Ports in promiscuous mode will keep possibility of mcast and vlan
filtering, which is provides significant benefits when ports are joined
to the same bridge, but without enabling "switch" mode, or to different
bridges.
- learning disabled on ports as it make not too much sense for
segregated ports - no forwarding in HW.
- enabled basic support for devlink.
::
devlink dev show
platform/48484000.switch
@ -38,22 +52,25 @@ but without enabling "switch" mode, or to different bridges.
cmode runtime value false
Devlink configuration parameters
====================
================================
See Documentation/networking/devlink/ti-cpsw-switch.rst
====================
# Bridging in dual mac mode
====================
Bridging in dual mac mode
=========================
The dual_mac mode requires two vids to be reserved for internal purposes,
which, by default, equal CPSW Port numbers. As result, bridge has to be
configured in vlan unaware mode or default_pvid has to be adjusted.
configured in vlan unaware mode or default_pvid has to be adjusted::
ip link add name br0 type bridge
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/default_pvid
ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
- or -
or::
ip link add name br0 type bridge
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
echo 100 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/default_pvid
@ -61,11 +78,12 @@ configured in vlan unaware mode or default_pvid has to be adjusted.
ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
====================
# Enabling "switch"
====================
Enabling "switch"
=================
The Switch mode can be enabled by configuring devlink driver parameter
"switch_mode" to 1/true:
"switch_mode" to 1/true::
devlink dev param set platform/48484000.switch \
name switch_mode value 1 cmode runtime
@ -79,9 +97,11 @@ marking packets with offload_fwd_mark flag unless "ale_bypass=0"
All configuration is implemented via switchdev API.
====================
# Bridge setup
====================
Bridge setup
============
::
devlink dev param set platform/48484000.switch \
name switch_mode value 1 cmode runtime
@ -91,56 +111,65 @@ All configuration is implemented via switchdev API.
ip link set dev sw0p2 up
ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
[*] bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self
[*] if vlan_filtering=1. where default_pvid=1
[*] if vlan_filtering=1. where default_pvid=1
=================
# On/off STP
=================
ip link set dev BRDEV type bridge stp_state 1/0
Note. Steps [*] are mandatory.
Note. Steps [*] are mandatory.
====================
# VLAN configuration
====================
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self <---- add cpu port to VLAN 1
On/off STP
==========
::
ip link set dev BRDEV type bridge stp_state 1/0
VLAN configuration
==================
::
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self <---- add cpu port to VLAN 1
Note. This step is mandatory for bridge/default_pvid.
=================
# Add extra VLANs
=================
1. untagged:
bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master
bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 pvid untagged master
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid untagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
Add extra VLANs
===============
2. tagged:
bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 master
bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid tagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
1. untagged::
bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master
bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 pvid untagged master
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid untagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
2. tagged::
bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 master
bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid tagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
====
FDBs
====
----
FDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection
Manually adding FDBs:
bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff dev sw0p1 master vlan 100
bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe dev sw0p2 master <---- Add on all VLANs
Manually adding FDBs::
bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff dev sw0p1 master vlan 100
bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe dev sw0p2 master <---- Add on all VLANs
====
MDBs
====
----
MDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection
Manually adding MDBs:
bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent vid 100
bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent <---- Add on all VLANs
Manually adding MDBs::
bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent vid 100
bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent <---- Add on all VLANs
==================
Multicast flooding
==================
CPU port mcast_flooding is always on
@ -148,9 +177,11 @@ CPU port mcast_flooding is always on
Turning flooding on/off on swithch ports:
bridge link set dev sw0p1 mcast_flood on/off
==================
Access and Trunk port
==================
=====================
::
bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master
bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master
@ -158,52 +189,54 @@ Access and Trunk port
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
ip link add link br0 name br0.100 type vlan id 100
Note. Setting PVID on Bridge device itself working only for
default VLAN (default_pvid).
Note. Setting PVID on Bridge device itself working only for
default VLAN (default_pvid).
NFS
===
=====================
NFS
=====================
The only way for NFS to work is by chrooting to a minimal environment when
switch configuration that will affect connectivity is needed.
Assuming you are booting NFS with eth1 interface(the script is hacky and
it's just there to prove NFS is doable).
setup.sh:
#!/bin/sh
mkdir proc
mount -t proc none /proc
ifconfig br0 > /dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "Setting up bridge"
ip link add name br0 type bridge
ip link set dev br0 type bridge ageing_time 1000
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
setup.sh::
ip link set eth1 down
ip link set eth1 name sw0p1
ip link set dev sw0p1 up
ip link set dev sw0p2 up
ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self
ifconfig sw0p1 0.0.0.0
udhchc -i br0
fi
umount /proc
#!/bin/sh
mkdir proc
mount -t proc none /proc
ifconfig br0 > /dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "Setting up bridge"
ip link add name br0 type bridge
ip link set dev br0 type bridge ageing_time 1000
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
run_nfs.sh:
#!/bin/sh
mkdir /tmp/root/bin -p
mkdir /tmp/root/lib -p
ip link set eth1 down
ip link set eth1 name sw0p1
ip link set dev sw0p1 up
ip link set dev sw0p2 up
ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self
ifconfig sw0p1 0.0.0.0
udhchc -i br0
fi
umount /proc
cp -r /lib/ /tmp/root/
cp -r /bin/ /tmp/root/
cp /sbin/ip /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/bridge /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/ifconfig /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/udhcpc /tmp/root/bin
cp /path/to/setup.sh /tmp/root/bin
chroot /tmp/root/ busybox sh /bin/setup.sh
run_nfs.sh:::
run ./run_nfs.sh
#!/bin/sh
mkdir /tmp/root/bin -p
mkdir /tmp/root/lib -p
cp -r /lib/ /tmp/root/
cp -r /bin/ /tmp/root/
cp /sbin/ip /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/bridge /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/ifconfig /tmp/root/bin
cp /sbin/udhcpc /tmp/root/bin
cp /path/to/setup.sh /tmp/root/bin
chroot /tmp/root/ busybox sh /bin/setup.sh
run ./run_nfs.sh

73
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.rst
View File

@ -1,20 +1,33 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=====================
TLAN driver for Linux
=====================
:Version: 1.14a
(C) 1997-1998 Caldera, Inc.
(C) 1998 James Banks
(C) 1999-2001 Torben Mathiasen <tmm@image.dk, torben.mathiasen@compaq.com>
For driver information/updates visit http://www.compaq.com
TLAN driver for Linux, version 1.14a
README
I. Supported Devices.
I. Supported Devices
====================
Only PCI devices will work with this driver.
Supported:
========= ========= ===========================================
Vendor ID Device ID Name
========= ========= ===========================================
0e11 ae32 Compaq Netelligent 10/100 TX PCI UTP
0e11 ae34 Compaq Netelligent 10 T PCI UTP
0e11 ae35 Compaq Integrated NetFlex 3/P
@ -25,13 +38,14 @@ I. Supported Devices.
0e11 b030 Compaq Netelligent 10/100 TX UTP
0e11 f130 Compaq NetFlex 3/P
0e11 f150 Compaq NetFlex 3/P
108d 0012 Olicom OC-2325
108d 0012 Olicom OC-2325
108d 0013 Olicom OC-2183
108d 0014 Olicom OC-2326
108d 0014 Olicom OC-2326
========= ========= ===========================================
Caveats:
I am not sure if 100BaseTX daughterboards (for those cards which
support such things) will work. I haven't had any solid evidence
either way.
@ -41,21 +55,25 @@ I. Supported Devices.
The "Netelligent 10 T/2 PCI UTP/Coax" (b012) device is untested,
but I do not expect any problems.
II. Driver Options
II. Driver Options
==================
1. You can append debug=x to the end of the insmod line to get
debug messages, where x is a bit field where the bits mean
debug messages, where x is a bit field where the bits mean
the following:
==== =====================================
0x01 Turn on general debugging messages.
0x02 Turn on receive debugging messages.
0x04 Turn on transmit debugging messages.
0x08 Turn on list debugging messages.
==== =====================================
2. You can append aui=1 to the end of the insmod line to cause
the adapter to use the AUI interface instead of the 10 Base T
interface. This is also what to do if you want to use the BNC
the adapter to use the AUI interface instead of the 10 Base T
interface. This is also what to do if you want to use the BNC
connector on a TLAN based device. (Setting this option on a
device that does not have an AUI/BNC connector will probably
cause it to not function correctly.)
@ -70,41 +88,45 @@ II. Driver Options
5. You have to use speed=X duplex=Y together now. If you just
do "insmod tlan.o speed=100" the driver will do Auto-Neg.
To force a 10Mbps Half-Duplex link do "insmod tlan.o speed=10
To force a 10Mbps Half-Duplex link do "insmod tlan.o speed=10
duplex=1".
6. If the driver is built into the kernel, you can use the 3rd
and 4th parameters to set aui and debug respectively. For
example:
example::
ether=0,0,0x1,0x7,eth0
ether=0,0,0x1,0x7,eth0
This sets aui to 0x1 and debug to 0x7, assuming eth0 is a
supported TLAN device.
The bits in the third byte are assigned as follows:
0x01 = aui
0x02 = use half duplex
0x04 = use full duplex
0x08 = use 10BaseT
0x10 = use 100BaseTx
==== ===============
0x01 aui
0x02 use half duplex
0x04 use full duplex
0x08 use 10BaseT
0x10 use 100BaseTx
==== ===============
You also need to set both speed and duplex settings when forcing
speeds with kernel-parameters.
speeds with kernel-parameters.
ether=0,0,0x12,0,eth0 will force link to 100Mbps Half-Duplex.
7. If you have more than one tlan adapter in your system, you can
use the above options on a per adapter basis. To force a 100Mbit/HD
link with your eth1 adapter use:
insmod tlan speed=0,100 duplex=0,1
link with your eth1 adapter use::
insmod tlan speed=0,100 duplex=0,1
Now eth0 will use auto-neg and eth1 will be forced to 100Mbit/HD.
Note that the tlan driver supports a maximum of 8 adapters.
III. Things to try if you have problems.
III. Things to try if you have problems
=======================================
1. Make sure your card's PCI id is among those listed in
section I, above.
2. Make sure routing is correct.
@ -113,5 +135,6 @@ III. Things to try if you have problems.
There is also a tlan mailing list which you can join by sending "subscribe tlan"
in the body of an email to majordomo@vuser.vu.union.edu.
There is also a tlan website at http://www.compaq.com

58
Documentation/networking/device_drivers/toshiba/spider_net.txt → Documentation/networking/device_drivers/toshiba/spider_net.rst
View File

@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
The Spidernet Device Driver
===========================
===========================
The Spidernet Device Driver
===========================
Written by Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
@ -78,15 +80,15 @@ GDACTDPA, tail and head pointers. It will also summarize the contents
of the ring, starting at the tail pointer, and listing the status
of the descrs that follow.
A typical example of the output, for a nearly idle system, might be
A typical example of the output, for a nearly idle system, might be::
net eth1: Total number of descrs=256
net eth1: Chain tail located at descr=20
net eth1: Chain head is at 20
net eth1: HW curr desc (GDACTDPA) is at 21
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: HW next desc (GDACNEXTDA) is at 22
net eth1: Last 255 descrs with stat=xa0800000
net eth1: Total number of descrs=256
net eth1: Chain tail located at descr=20
net eth1: Chain head is at 20
net eth1: HW curr desc (GDACTDPA) is at 21
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: HW next desc (GDACNEXTDA) is at 22
net eth1: Last 255 descrs with stat=xa0800000
In the above, the hardware has filled in one descr, number 20. Both
head and tail are pointing at 20, because it has not yet been emptied.
@ -101,11 +103,11 @@ The status x4... corresponds to "full" and status xa... corresponds
to "empty". The actual value printed is RXCOMST_A.
In the device driver source code, a different set of names are
used for these same concepts, so that
used for these same concepts, so that::
"empty" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_CARDOWNED == 0xa
"full" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_FRAME_END == 0x4
"not in use" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_NOT_IN_USE == 0xf
"empty" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_CARDOWNED == 0xa
"full" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_FRAME_END == 0x4
"not in use" == SPIDER_NET_DESCR_NOT_IN_USE == 0xf
The RX RAM full bug/feature
@ -137,19 +139,19 @@ while the hardware is waiting for a different set of descrs to become
empty.
A call to show_rx_chain() at this point indicates the nature of the
problem. A typical print when the network is hung shows the following:
problem. A typical print when the network is hung shows the following::
net eth1: Spider RX RAM full, incoming packets might be discarded!
net eth1: Total number of descrs=256
net eth1: Chain tail located at descr=255
net eth1: Chain head is at 255
net eth1: HW curr desc (GDACTDPA) is at 0
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=xa0800000
net eth1: HW next desc (GDACNEXTDA) is at 1
net eth1: Have 127 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=x40800001
net eth1: Have 126 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: Last 1 descrs with stat=xa0800000
net eth1: Spider RX RAM full, incoming packets might be discarded!
net eth1: Total number of descrs=256
net eth1: Chain tail located at descr=255
net eth1: Chain head is at 255
net eth1: HW curr desc (GDACTDPA) is at 0
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=xa0800000
net eth1: HW next desc (GDACNEXTDA) is at 1
net eth1: Have 127 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: Have 1 descrs with stat=x40800001
net eth1: Have 126 descrs with stat=x40800101
net eth1: Last 1 descrs with stat=xa0800000
Both the tail and head pointers are pointing at descr 255, which is
marked xa... which is "empty". Thus, from the OS point of view, there
@ -198,7 +200,3 @@ For large packets, this mechanism generates a relatively small number
of interrupts, about 1K/sec. For smaller packets, this will drop to zero
interrupts, as the hardware can empty the queue faster than the kernel
can fill it.
======= END OF DOCUMENT ========

12
Documentation/networking/index.rst
View File

@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Contents:
failover
net_dim
net_failover
page_pool
phy
sfp-phylink
alias
@ -111,6 +112,17 @@ Contents:
team
timestamping
tproxy
tuntap
udplite
vrf
vxlan
x25-iface
x25
xfrm_device
xfrm_proc
xfrm_sync
xfrm_sysctl
z8530drv
.. only:: subproject and html

200
Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt → Documentation/networking/tuntap.rst
View File

@ -1,20 +1,28 @@
Universal TUN/TAP device driver.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
Linux, Solaris drivers
Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
===============================
Universal TUN/TAP device driver
===============================
FreeBSD TAP driver
Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Maksim Yevmenkin <m_evmenkin@yahoo.com>
Copyright |copy| 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
Linux, Solaris drivers
Copyright |copy| 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
FreeBSD TAP driver
Copyright |copy| 1999-2000 Maksim Yevmenkin <m_evmenkin@yahoo.com>
Revision of this document 2002 by Florian Thiel <florian.thiel@gmx.net>
1. Description
TUN/TAP provides packet reception and transmission for user space programs.
==============
TUN/TAP provides packet reception and transmission for user space programs.
It can be seen as a simple Point-to-Point or Ethernet device, which,
instead of receiving packets from physical media, receives them from
user space program and instead of sending packets via physical media
writes them to the user space program.
instead of receiving packets from physical media, receives them from
user space program and instead of sending packets via physical media
writes them to the user space program.
In order to use the driver a program has to open /dev/net/tun and issue a
corresponding ioctl() to register a network device with the kernel. A network
@ -33,41 +41,51 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
br_sigio.c - bridge based on async io and SIGIO signal.
However, the best example is VTun http://vtun.sourceforge.net :))
2. Configuration
Create device node:
2. Configuration
================
Create device node::
mkdir /dev/net (if it doesn't exist already)
mknod /dev/net/tun c 10 200
Set permissions:
Set permissions::
e.g. chmod 0666 /dev/net/tun
There's no harm in allowing the device to be accessible by non-root users,
since CAP_NET_ADMIN is required for creating network devices or for
connecting to network devices which aren't owned by the user in question.
If you want to create persistent devices and give ownership of them to
unprivileged users, then you need the /dev/net/tun device to be usable by
those users.
There's no harm in allowing the device to be accessible by non-root users,
since CAP_NET_ADMIN is required for creating network devices or for
connecting to network devices which aren't owned by the user in question.
If you want to create persistent devices and give ownership of them to
unprivileged users, then you need the /dev/net/tun device to be usable by
those users.
Driver module autoloading
Make sure that "Kernel module loader" - module auto-loading
support is enabled in your kernel. The kernel should load it on
first access.
Manual loading
insert the module by hand:
modprobe tun
Manual loading
insert the module by hand::
modprobe tun
If you do it the latter way, you have to load the module every time you
need it, if you do it the other way it will be automatically loaded when
/dev/net/tun is being opened.
3. Program interface
3.1 Network device allocation:
3. Program interface
====================
char *dev should be the name of the device with a format string (e.g.
"tun%d"), but (as far as I can see) this can be any valid network device name.
Note that the character pointer becomes overwritten with the real device name
(e.g. "tun0")
3.1 Network device allocation
-----------------------------
``char *dev`` should be the name of the device with a format string (e.g.
"tun%d"), but (as far as I can see) this can be any valid network device name.
Note that the character pointer becomes overwritten with the real device name
(e.g. "tun0")::
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/if_tun.h>
@ -78,45 +96,51 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
int fd, err;
if( (fd = open("/dev/net/tun", O_RDWR)) < 0 )
return tun_alloc_old(dev);
return tun_alloc_old(dev);
memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
/* Flags: IFF_TUN - TUN device (no Ethernet headers)
* IFF_TAP - TAP device
/* Flags: IFF_TUN - TUN device (no Ethernet headers)
* IFF_TAP - TAP device
*
* IFF_NO_PI - Do not provide packet information
*/
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TUN;
* IFF_NO_PI - Do not provide packet information
*/
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TUN;
if( *dev )
strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, dev, IFNAMSIZ);
strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, dev, IFNAMSIZ);
if( (err = ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *) &ifr)) < 0 ){
close(fd);
return err;
close(fd);
return err;
}
strcpy(dev, ifr.ifr_name);
return fd;
}
3.2 Frame format:
If flag IFF_NO_PI is not set each frame format is:
}
3.2 Frame format
----------------
If flag IFF_NO_PI is not set each frame format is::
Flags [2 bytes]
Proto [2 bytes]
Raw protocol(IP, IPv6, etc) frame.
3.3 Multiqueue tuntap interface:
3.3 Multiqueue tuntap interface
-------------------------------
From version 3.8, Linux supports multiqueue tuntap which can uses multiple
file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packets sending or receiving. The
device allocation is the same as before, and if user wants to create multiple
queues, TUNSETIFF with the same device name must be called many times with
IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.
From version 3.8, Linux supports multiqueue tuntap which can uses multiple
file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packets sending or receiving. The
device allocation is the same as before, and if user wants to create multiple
queues, TUNSETIFF with the same device name must be called many times with
IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.
char *dev should be the name of the device, queues is the number of queues to
be created, fds is used to store and return the file descriptors (queues)
created to the caller. Each file descriptor were served as the interface of a
queue which could be accessed by userspace.
``char *dev`` should be the name of the device, queues is the number of queues
to be created, fds is used to store and return the file descriptors (queues)
created to the caller. Each file descriptor were served as the interface of a
queue which could be accessed by userspace.
::
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/if_tun.h>
@ -127,7 +151,7 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
int fd, err, i;
if (!dev)
return -1;
return -1;
memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
/* Flags: IFF_TUN - TUN device (no Ethernet headers)
@ -140,30 +164,30 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, dev);
for (i = 0; i < queues; i++) {
if ((fd = open("/dev/net/tun", O_RDWR)) < 0)
goto err;
err = ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *)&ifr);
if (err) {
close(fd);
goto err;
}
fds[i] = fd;
if ((fd = open("/dev/net/tun", O_RDWR)) < 0)
goto err;
err = ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *)&ifr);
if (err) {
close(fd);
goto err;
}
fds[i] = fd;
}
return 0;
err:
for (--i; i >= 0; i--)
close(fds[i]);
close(fds[i]);
return err;
}
A new ioctl(TUNSETQUEUE) were introduced to enable or disable a queue. When
calling it with IFF_DETACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were disabled. And when
calling it with IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were enabled. The queue were
enabled by default after it was created through TUNSETIFF.
A new ioctl(TUNSETQUEUE) were introduced to enable or disable a queue. When
calling it with IFF_DETACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were disabled. And when
calling it with IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE flag, the queue were enabled. The queue were
enabled by default after it was created through TUNSETIFF.
fd is the file descriptor (queue) that we want to enable or disable, when
enable is true we enable it, otherwise we disable it
fd is the file descriptor (queue) that we want to enable or disable, when
enable is true we enable it, otherwise we disable it::
#include <linux/if.h>
#include <linux/if_tun.h>
@ -175,53 +199,61 @@ Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Maxim Krasnyansky <max_mk@yahoo.com>
memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
if (enable)
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE;
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE;
else
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_DETACH_QUEUE;
ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_DETACH_QUEUE;
return ioctl(fd, TUNSETQUEUE, (void *)&ifr);
}
Universal TUN/TAP device driver Frequently Asked Question.
Universal TUN/TAP device driver Frequently Asked Question
=========================================================
1. What platforms are supported by TUN/TAP driver ?
Currently driver has been written for 3 Unices:
Linux kernels 2.2.x, 2.4.x
FreeBSD 3.x, 4.x, 5.x
Solaris 2.6, 7.0, 8.0
- Linux kernels 2.2.x, 2.4.x
- FreeBSD 3.x, 4.x, 5.x
- Solaris 2.6, 7.0, 8.0
2. What is TUN/TAP driver used for?
As mentioned above, main purpose of TUN/TAP driver is tunneling.
As mentioned above, main purpose of TUN/TAP driver is tunneling.
It is used by VTun (http://vtun.sourceforge.net).
Another interesting application using TUN/TAP is pipsecd
(http://perso.enst.fr/~beyssac/pipsec/), a userspace IPSec
implementation that can use complete kernel routing (unlike FreeS/WAN).
3. How does Virtual network device actually work ?
3. How does Virtual network device actually work ?
Virtual network device can be viewed as a simple Point-to-Point or
Ethernet device, which instead of receiving packets from a physical
media, receives them from user space program and instead of sending
packets via physical media sends them to the user space program.
Ethernet device, which instead of receiving packets from a physical
media, receives them from user space program and instead of sending
packets via physical media sends them to the user space program.
Let's say that you configured IPv6 on the tap0, then whenever
the kernel sends an IPv6 packet to tap0, it is passed to the application
(VTun for example). The application encrypts, compresses and sends it to
(VTun for example). The application encrypts, compresses and sends it to
the other side over TCP or UDP. The application on the other side decompresses
and decrypts the data received and writes the packet to the TAP device,
and decrypts the data received and writes the packet to the TAP device,
the kernel handles the packet like it came from real physical device.
4. What is the difference between TUN driver and TAP driver?
TUN works with IP frames. TAP works with Ethernet frames.
This means that you have to read/write IP packets when you are using tun and
ethernet frames when using tap.
5. What is the difference between BPF and TUN/TAP driver?
BPF is an advanced packet filter. It can be attached to existing
network interface. It does not provide a virtual network interface.
A TUN/TAP driver does provide a virtual network interface and it is possible
to attach BPF to this interface.
6. Does TAP driver support kernel Ethernet bridging?
Yes. Linux and FreeBSD drivers support Ethernet bridging.
Yes. Linux and FreeBSD drivers support Ethernet bridging.

175
Documentation/networking/udplite.txt → Documentation/networking/udplite.rst
View File

@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
===========================================================================
The UDP-Lite protocol (RFC 3828)
===========================================================================
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
================================
The UDP-Lite protocol (RFC 3828)
================================
UDP-Lite is a Standards-Track IETF transport protocol whose characteristic
@ -11,39 +13,43 @@
This file briefly describes the existing kernel support and the socket API.
For in-depth information, you can consult:
o The UDP-Lite Homepage:
http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
From here you can also download some example application source code.
- The UDP-Lite Homepage:
http://web.archive.org/web/%2E/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
o The UDP-Lite HOWTO on
http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
From here you can also download some example application source code.
o The Wireshark UDP-Lite WiKi (with capture files):
https://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol
- The UDP-Lite HOWTO on
http://web.archive.org/web/%2E/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
o The Protocol Spec, RFC 3828, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3828.txt
- The Wireshark UDP-Lite WiKi (with capture files):
https://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol
- The Protocol Spec, RFC 3828, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3828.txt
I) APPLICATIONS
1. Applications
===============
Several applications have been ported successfully to UDP-Lite. Ethereal
(now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default.
(now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default.
Porting applications to UDP-Lite is straightforward: only socket level and
IPPROTO need to be changed; senders additionally set the checksum coverage
length (default = header length = 8). Details are in the next section.
II) PROGRAMMING API
2. Programming API
==================
UDP-Lite provides a connectionless, unreliable datagram service and hence
uses the same socket type as UDP. In fact, porting from UDP to UDP-Lite is
very easy: simply add `IPPROTO_UDPLITE' as the last argument of the socket(2)
call so that the statement looks like:
very easy: simply add ``IPPROTO_UDPLITE`` as the last argument of the
socket(2) call so that the statement looks like::
s = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDPLITE);
or, respectively,
or, respectively,
::
s = socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDPLITE);
@ -56,10 +62,10 @@
* Sender checksum coverage: UDPLITE_SEND_CSCOV
For example,
For example::
int val = 20;
setsockopt(s, SOL_UDPLITE, UDPLITE_SEND_CSCOV, &val, sizeof(int));
int val = 20;
setsockopt(s, SOL_UDPLITE, UDPLITE_SEND_CSCOV, &val, sizeof(int));
sets the checksum coverage length to 20 bytes (12b data + 8b header).
Of each packet only the first 20 bytes (plus the pseudo-header) will be
@ -74,10 +80,10 @@
that of a traffic filter: when enabled, it instructs the kernel to drop
all packets which have a coverage _less_ than this value. For example, if
RTP and UDP headers are to be protected, a receiver can enforce that only
packets with a minimum coverage of 20 are admitted:
packets with a minimum coverage of 20 are admitted::
int min = 20;
setsockopt(s, SOL_UDPLITE, UDPLITE_RECV_CSCOV, &min, sizeof(int));
int min = 20;
setsockopt(s, SOL_UDPLITE, UDPLITE_RECV_CSCOV, &min, sizeof(int));
The calls to getsockopt(2) are analogous. Being an extension and not a stand-
alone protocol, all socket options known from UDP can be used in exactly the
@ -85,18 +91,18 @@
A detailed discussion of UDP-Lite checksum coverage options is in section IV.
III) HEADER FILES
3. Header Files
===============
The socket API requires support through header files in /usr/include:
* /usr/include/netinet/in.h
to define IPPROTO_UDPLITE
to define IPPROTO_UDPLITE
* /usr/include/netinet/udplite.h
for UDP-Lite header fields and protocol constants
for UDP-Lite header fields and protocol constants
For testing purposes, the following can serve as a `mini' header file:
For testing purposes, the following can serve as a ``mini`` header file::
#define IPPROTO_UDPLITE 136
#define SOL_UDPLITE 136
@ -105,8 +111,9 @@
Ready-made header files for various distros are in the UDP-Lite tarball.
4. Kernel Behaviour with Regards to the Various Socket Options
==============================================================
IV) KERNEL BEHAVIOUR WITH REGARD TO THE VARIOUS SOCKET OPTIONS
To enable debugging messages, the log level need to be set to 8, as most
messages use the KERN_DEBUG level (7).
@ -136,13 +143,13 @@
3) Disabling the Checksum Computation
On both sender and receiver, checksumming will always be performed
and cannot be disabled using SO_NO_CHECK. Thus
and cannot be disabled using SO_NO_CHECK. Thus::
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NO_CHECK, ... );
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NO_CHECK, ... );
will always will be ignored, while the value of
will always will be ignored, while the value of::
getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NO_CHECK, &value, ...);
getsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NO_CHECK, &value, ...);
is meaningless (as in TCP). Packets with a zero checksum field are
illegal (cf. RFC 3828, sec. 3.1) and will be silently discarded.
@ -167,15 +174,15 @@
first one contains the L4 header.
The send buffer size has implications on the checksum coverage length.
Consider the following example:
Consider the following example::
Payload: 1536 bytes Send Buffer: 1024 bytes
MTU: 1500 bytes Coverage Length: 856 bytes
Payload: 1536 bytes Send Buffer: 1024 bytes
MTU: 1500 bytes Coverage Length: 856 bytes
UDP-Lite will ship the 1536 bytes in two separate packets:
UDP-Lite will ship the 1536 bytes in two separate packets::
Packet 1: 1024 payload + 8 byte header + 20 byte IP header = 1052 bytes
Packet 2: 512 payload + 8 byte header + 20 byte IP header = 540 bytes
Packet 1: 1024 payload + 8 byte header + 20 byte IP header = 1052 bytes
Packet 2: 512 payload + 8 byte header + 20 byte IP header = 540 bytes
The coverage packet covers the UDP-Lite header and 848 bytes of the
payload in the first packet, the second packet is fully covered. Note
@ -184,17 +191,17 @@
length in such cases.
As an example of what happens when one UDP-Lite packet is split into
several tiny fragments, consider the following example.
several tiny fragments, consider the following example::
Payload: 1024 bytes Send buffer size: 1024 bytes
MTU: 300 bytes Coverage length: 575 bytes
Payload: 1024 bytes Send buffer size: 1024 bytes
MTU: 300 bytes Coverage length: 575 bytes
+-+-----------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
|8| 272 | 280 | 280 | 280 |
+-+-----------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
280 560 840 1032
^
*****checksum coverage*************
+-+-----------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
|8| 272 | 280 | 280 | 280 |
+-+-----------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
280 560 840 1032
^
*****checksum coverage*************
The UDP-Lite module generates one 1032 byte packet (1024 + 8 byte
header). According to the interface MTU, these are split into 4 IP
@ -208,7 +215,7 @@
lengths), only the first fragment needs to be considered. When using
larger checksum coverage lengths, each eligible fragment needs to be
checksummed. Suppose we have a checksum coverage of 3062. The buffer
of 3356 bytes will be split into the following fragments:
of 3356 bytes will be split into the following fragments::
Fragment 1: 1280 bytes carrying 1232 bytes of UDP-Lite data
Fragment 2: 1280 bytes carrying 1232 bytes of UDP-Lite data
@ -222,57 +229,63 @@
performance over wireless (or generally noisy) links and thus smaller
coverage lengths are likely to be expected.
V) UDP-LITE RUNTIME STATISTICS AND THEIR MEANING
5. UDP-Lite Runtime Statistics and their Meaning
================================================
Exceptional and error conditions are logged to syslog at the KERN_DEBUG
level. Live statistics about UDP-Lite are available in /proc/net/snmp
and can (with newer versions of netstat) be viewed using
and can (with newer versions of netstat) be viewed using::
netstat -svu
netstat -svu
This displays UDP-Lite statistics variables, whose meaning is as follows.
InDatagrams: The total number of datagrams delivered to users.
============ =====================================================
InDatagrams The total number of datagrams delivered to users.
NoPorts: Number of packets received to an unknown port.
These cases are counted separately (not as InErrors).
NoPorts Number of packets received to an unknown port.
These cases are counted separately (not as InErrors).
InErrors: Number of erroneous UDP-Lite packets. Errors include:
* internal socket queue receive errors
* packet too short (less than 8 bytes or stated
coverage length exceeds received length)
* xfrm4_policy_check() returned with error
* application has specified larger min. coverage
length than that of incoming packet
* checksum coverage violated
* bad checksum
InErrors Number of erroneous UDP-Lite packets. Errors include:
OutDatagrams: Total number of sent datagrams.
* internal socket queue receive errors
* packet too short (less than 8 bytes or stated
coverage length exceeds received length)
* xfrm4_policy_check() returned with error
* application has specified larger min. coverage
length than that of incoming packet
* checksum coverage violated
* bad checksum
OutDatagrams Total number of sent datagrams.
============ =====================================================
These statistics derive from the UDP MIB (RFC 2013).
VI) IPTABLES
6. IPtables
===========
There is packet match support for UDP-Lite as well as support for the LOG target.
If you copy and paste the following line into /etc/protocols,
If you copy and paste the following line into /etc/protocols::
udplite 136 UDP-Lite # UDP-Lite [RFC 3828]
udplite 136 UDP-Lite # UDP-Lite [RFC 3828]
then
iptables -A INPUT -p udplite -j LOG
then::
iptables -A INPUT -p udplite -j LOG
will produce logging output to syslog. Dropping and rejecting packets also works.
VII) MAINTAINER ADDRESS
7. Maintainer Address
=====================
The UDP-Lite patch was developed at
University of Aberdeen
Electronics Research Group
Department of Engineering
Fraser Noble Building
Aberdeen AB24 3UE; UK
University of Aberdeen
Electronics Research Group
Department of Engineering
Fraser Noble Building
Aberdeen AB24 3UE; UK
The current maintainer is Gerrit Renker, <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>. Initial
code was developed by William Stanislaus, <william@erg.abdn.ac.uk>.

451
Documentation/networking/vrf.rst Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
====================================
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)
====================================
The VRF Device
==============
The VRF device combined with ip rules provides the ability to create virtual
routing and forwarding domains (aka VRFs, VRF-lite to be specific) in the
Linux network stack. One use case is the multi-tenancy problem where each
tenant has their own unique routing tables and in the very least need
different default gateways.
Processes can be "VRF aware" by binding a socket to the VRF device. Packets
through the socket then use the routing table associated with the VRF
device. An important feature of the VRF device implementation is that it
impacts only Layer 3 and above so L2 tools (e.g., LLDP) are not affected
(ie., they do not need to be run in each VRF). The design also allows
the use of higher priority ip rules (Policy Based Routing, PBR) to take
precedence over the VRF device rules directing specific traffic as desired.
In addition, VRF devices allow VRFs to be nested within namespaces. For
example network namespaces provide separation of network interfaces at the
device layer, VLANs on the interfaces within a namespace provide L2 separation
and then VRF devices provide L3 separation.
Design
------
A VRF device is created with an associated route table. Network interfaces
are then enslaved to a VRF device::
+-----------------------------+
| vrf-blue | ===> route table 10
+-----------------------------+
| | |
+------+ +------+ +-------------+
| eth1 | | eth2 | ... | bond1 |
+------+ +------+ +-------------+
| |
+------+ +------+
| eth8 | | eth9 |
+------+ +------+
Packets received on an enslaved device and are switched to the VRF device
in the IPv4 and IPv6 processing stacks giving the impression that packets
flow through the VRF device. Similarly on egress routing rules are used to
send packets to the VRF device driver before getting sent out the actual
interface. This allows tcpdump on a VRF device to capture all packets into
and out of the VRF as a whole\ [1]_. Similarly, netfilter\ [2]_ and tc rules
can be applied using the VRF device to specify rules that apply to the VRF
domain as a whole.
.. [1] Packets in the forwarded state do not flow through the device, so those
packets are not seen by tcpdump. Will revisit this limitation in a
future release.
.. [2] Iptables on ingress supports PREROUTING with skb->dev set to the real
ingress device and both INPUT and PREROUTING rules with skb->dev set to
the VRF device. For egress POSTROUTING and OUTPUT rules can be written
using either the VRF device or real egress device.
Setup
-----
1. VRF device is created with an association to a FIB table.
e.g,::
ip link add vrf-blue type vrf table 10
ip link set dev vrf-blue up
2. An l3mdev FIB rule directs lookups to the table associated with the device.
A single l3mdev rule is sufficient for all VRFs. The VRF device adds the
l3mdev rule for IPv4 and IPv6 when the first device is created with a
default preference of 1000. Users may delete the rule if desired and add
with a different priority or install per-VRF rules.
Prior to the v4.8 kernel iif and oif rules are needed for each VRF device::
ip ru add oif vrf-blue table 10
ip ru add iif vrf-blue table 10
3. Set the default route for the table (and hence default route for the VRF)::
ip route add table 10 unreachable default metric 4278198272
This high metric value ensures that the default unreachable route can
be overridden by a routing protocol suite. FRRouting interprets
kernel metrics as a combined admin distance (upper byte) and priority
(lower 3 bytes). Thus the above metric translates to [255/8192].
4. Enslave L3 interfaces to a VRF device::
ip link set dev eth1 master vrf-blue
Local and connected routes for enslaved devices are automatically moved to
the table associated with VRF device. Any additional routes depending on
the enslaved device are dropped and will need to be reinserted to the VRF
FIB table following the enslavement.
The IPv6 sysctl option keep_addr_on_down can be enabled to keep IPv6 global
addresses as VRF enslavement changes::
sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.keep_addr_on_down=1
5. Additional VRF routes are added to associated table::
ip route add table 10 ...
Applications
------------
Applications that are to work within a VRF need to bind their socket to the
VRF device::
setsockopt(sd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, dev, strlen(dev)+1);
or to specify the output device using cmsg and IP_PKTINFO.
By default the scope of the port bindings for unbound sockets is
limited to the default VRF. That is, it will not be matched by packets
arriving on interfaces enslaved to an l3mdev and processes may bind to
the same port if they bind to an l3mdev.
TCP & UDP services running in the default VRF context (ie., not bound
to any VRF device) can work across all VRF domains by enabling the
tcp_l3mdev_accept and udp_l3mdev_accept sysctl options::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_l3mdev_accept=1
sysctl -w net.ipv4.udp_l3mdev_accept=1
These options are disabled by default so that a socket in a VRF is only
selected for packets in that VRF. There is a similar option for RAW
sockets, which is enabled by default for reasons of backwards compatibility.
This is so as to specify the output device with cmsg and IP_PKTINFO, but
using a socket not bound to the corresponding VRF. This allows e.g. older ping
implementations to be run with specifying the device but without executing it
in the VRF. This option can be disabled so that packets received in a VRF
context are only handled by a raw socket bound to the VRF, and packets in the
default VRF are only handled by a socket not bound to any VRF::
sysctl -w net.ipv4.raw_l3mdev_accept=0
netfilter rules on the VRF device can be used to limit access to services
running in the default VRF context as well.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using iproute2 for VRFs
=======================
iproute2 supports the vrf keyword as of v4.7. For backwards compatibility this
section lists both commands where appropriate -- with the vrf keyword and the
older form without it.
1. Create a VRF
To instantiate a VRF device and associate it with a table::
$ ip link add dev NAME type vrf table ID
As of v4.8 the kernel supports the l3mdev FIB rule where a single rule
covers all VRFs. The l3mdev rule is created for IPv4 and IPv6 on first
device create.
2. List VRFs
To list VRFs that have been created::
$ ip [-d] link show type vrf
NOTE: The -d option is needed to show the table id
For example::
$ ip -d link show type vrf
11: mgmt: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 1 addrgenmode eui64
12: red: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 10 addrgenmode eui64
13: blue: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 66 addrgenmode eui64
14: green: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether e6:28:b8:63:70:bb brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 81 addrgenmode eui64
Or in brief output::
$ ip -br link show type vrf
mgmt UP 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
red UP b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
blue UP 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
green UP e6:28:b8:63:70:bb <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
3. Assign a Network Interface to a VRF
Network interfaces are assigned to a VRF by enslaving the netdevice to a
VRF device::
$ ip link set dev NAME master NAME
On enslavement connected and local routes are automatically moved to the
table associated with the VRF device.
For example::
$ ip link set dev eth0 master mgmt
4. Show Devices Assigned to a VRF
To show devices that have been assigned to a specific VRF add the master
option to the ip command::
$ ip link show vrf NAME
$ ip link show master NAME
For example::
$ ip link show vrf red
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master red state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Or using the brief output::
$ ip -br link show vrf red
eth1 UP 02:00:00:00:02:02 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
eth2 UP 02:00:00:00:02:03 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
eth5 DOWN 02:00:00:00:02:06 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
5. Show Neighbor Entries for a VRF
To list neighbor entries associated with devices enslaved to a VRF device
add the master option to the ip command::
$ ip [-6] neigh show vrf NAME
$ ip [-6] neigh show master NAME
For example::
$ ip neigh show vrf red
10.2.1.254 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE
10.2.2.254 dev eth2 lladdr 5e:54:01:6a:ee:80 REACHABLE
$ ip -6 neigh show vrf red
2002:1::64 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE
6. Show Addresses for a VRF
To show addresses for interfaces associated with a VRF add the master
option to the ip command::
$ ip addr show vrf NAME
$ ip addr show master NAME
For example::
$ ip addr show vrf red
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.2.1.2/24 brd 10.2.1.255 scope global eth1
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 2002:1::2/120 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.2.2.2/24 brd 10.2.2.255 scope global eth2
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 2002:2::2/120 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master red state DOWN group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Or in brief format::
$ ip -br addr show vrf red
eth1 UP 10.2.1.2/24 2002:1::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64
eth2 UP 10.2.2.2/24 2002:2::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64
eth5 DOWN
7. Show Routes for a VRF
To show routes for a VRF use the ip command to display the table associated
with the VRF device::
$ ip [-6] route show vrf NAME
$ ip [-6] route show table ID
For example::
$ ip route show vrf red
unreachable default metric 4278198272
broadcast 10.2.1.0 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
10.2.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
local 10.2.1.2 dev eth1 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.1.2
broadcast 10.2.1.255 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
broadcast 10.2.2.0 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
10.2.2.0/24 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
local 10.2.2.2 dev eth2 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.2.2
broadcast 10.2.2.255 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
$ ip -6 route show vrf red
local 2002:1:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local 2002:1::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
2002:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
local 2002:2:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local 2002:2::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
2002:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80::ff:fe00:202 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80::ff:fe00:203 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
fe80::/64 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
fe80::/64 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev red metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev eth1 metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev eth2 metric 256 pref medium
unreachable default dev lo metric 4278198272 error -101 pref medium
8. Route Lookup for a VRF
A test route lookup can be done for a VRF::
$ ip [-6] route get vrf NAME ADDRESS
$ ip [-6] route get oif NAME ADDRESS
For example::
$ ip route get 10.2.1.40 vrf red
10.2.1.40 dev eth1 table red src 10.2.1.2
cache
$ ip -6 route get 2002:1::32 vrf red
2002:1::32 from :: dev eth1 table red proto kernel src 2002:1::2 metric 256 pref medium
9. Removing Network Interface from a VRF
Network interfaces are removed from a VRF by breaking the enslavement to
the VRF device::
$ ip link set dev NAME nomaster
Connected routes are moved back to the default table and local entries are
moved to the local table.
For example::
$ ip link set dev eth0 nomaster
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commands used in this example::
cat >> /etc/iproute2/rt_tables.d/vrf.conf <<EOF
1 mgmt
10 red
66 blue
81 green
EOF
function vrf_create
{
VRF=$1
TBID=$2
# create VRF device
ip link add ${VRF} type vrf table ${TBID}
if [ "${VRF}" != "mgmt" ]; then
ip route add table ${TBID} unreachable default metric 4278198272
fi
ip link set dev ${VRF} up
}
vrf_create mgmt 1
ip link set dev eth0 master mgmt
vrf_create red 10
ip link set dev eth1 master red
ip link set dev eth2 master red
ip link set dev eth5 master red
vrf_create blue 66
ip link set dev eth3 master blue
vrf_create green 81
ip link set dev eth4 master green
Interface addresses from /etc/network/interfaces:
auto eth0
iface eth0 inet static
address 10.0.0.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
gateway 10.0.0.254
iface eth0 inet6 static
address 2000:1::2
netmask 120
auto eth1
iface eth1 inet static
address 10.2.1.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth1 inet6 static
address 2002:1::2
netmask 120
auto eth2
iface eth2 inet static
address 10.2.2.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth2 inet6 static
address 2002:2::2
netmask 120
auto eth3
iface eth3 inet static
address 10.2.3.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth3 inet6 static
address 2002:3::2
netmask 120
auto eth4
iface eth4 inet static
address 10.2.4.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth4 inet6 static
address 2002:4::2
netmask 120

418
Documentation/networking/vrf.txt
View File

@ -1,418 +0,0 @@
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)
====================================
The VRF device combined with ip rules provides the ability to create virtual
routing and forwarding domains (aka VRFs, VRF-lite to be specific) in the
Linux network stack. One use case is the multi-tenancy problem where each
tenant has their own unique routing tables and in the very least need
different default gateways.
Processes can be "VRF aware" by binding a socket to the VRF device. Packets
through the socket then use the routing table associated with the VRF
device. An important feature of the VRF device implementation is that it
impacts only Layer 3 and above so L2 tools (e.g., LLDP) are not affected
(ie., they do not need to be run in each VRF). The design also allows
the use of higher priority ip rules (Policy Based Routing, PBR) to take
precedence over the VRF device rules directing specific traffic as desired.
In addition, VRF devices allow VRFs to be nested within namespaces. For
example network namespaces provide separation of network interfaces at the
device layer, VLANs on the interfaces within a namespace provide L2 separation
and then VRF devices provide L3 separation.
Design
------
A VRF device is created with an associated route table. Network interfaces
are then enslaved to a VRF device:
+-----------------------------+
| vrf-blue | ===> route table 10
+-----------------------------+
| | |
+------+ +------+ +-------------+
| eth1 | | eth2 | ... | bond1 |
+------+ +------+ +-------------+
| |
+------+ +------+
| eth8 | | eth9 |
+------+ +------+
Packets received on an enslaved device and are switched to the VRF device
in the IPv4 and IPv6 processing stacks giving the impression that packets
flow through the VRF device. Similarly on egress routing rules are used to
send packets to the VRF device driver before getting sent out the actual
interface. This allows tcpdump on a VRF device to capture all packets into
and out of the VRF as a whole.[1] Similarly, netfilter[2] and tc rules can be
applied using the VRF device to specify rules that apply to the VRF domain
as a whole.
[1] Packets in the forwarded state do not flow through the device, so those
packets are not seen by tcpdump. Will revisit this limitation in a
future release.
[2] Iptables on ingress supports PREROUTING with skb->dev set to the real
ingress device and both INPUT and PREROUTING rules with skb->dev set to
the VRF device. For egress POSTROUTING and OUTPUT rules can be written
using either the VRF device or real egress device.
Setup
-----
1. VRF device is created with an association to a FIB table.
e.g, ip link add vrf-blue type vrf table 10
ip link set dev vrf-blue up
2. An l3mdev FIB rule directs lookups to the table associated with the device.
A single l3mdev rule is sufficient for all VRFs. The VRF device adds the
l3mdev rule for IPv4 and IPv6 when the first device is created with a
default preference of 1000. Users may delete the rule if desired and add
with a different priority or install per-VRF rules.
Prior to the v4.8 kernel iif and oif rules are needed for each VRF device:
ip ru add oif vrf-blue table 10
ip ru add iif vrf-blue table 10
3. Set the default route for the table (and hence default route for the VRF).
ip route add table 10 unreachable default metric 4278198272
This high metric value ensures that the default unreachable route can
be overridden by a routing protocol suite. FRRouting interprets
kernel metrics as a combined admin distance (upper byte) and priority
(lower 3 bytes). Thus the above metric translates to [255/8192].
4. Enslave L3 interfaces to a VRF device.
ip link set dev eth1 master vrf-blue
Local and connected routes for enslaved devices are automatically moved to
the table associated with VRF device. Any additional routes depending on
the enslaved device are dropped and will need to be reinserted to the VRF
FIB table following the enslavement.
The IPv6 sysctl option keep_addr_on_down can be enabled to keep IPv6 global
addresses as VRF enslavement changes.
sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.keep_addr_on_down=1
5. Additional VRF routes are added to associated table.
ip route add table 10 ...
Applications
------------
Applications that are to work within a VRF need to bind their socket to the
VRF device:
setsockopt(sd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, dev, strlen(dev)+1);
or to specify the output device using cmsg and IP_PKTINFO.
By default the scope of the port bindings for unbound sockets is
limited to the default VRF. That is, it will not be matched by packets
arriving on interfaces enslaved to an l3mdev and processes may bind to
the same port if they bind to an l3mdev.
TCP & UDP services running in the default VRF context (ie., not bound
to any VRF device) can work across all VRF domains by enabling the
tcp_l3mdev_accept and udp_l3mdev_accept sysctl options:
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_l3mdev_accept=1
sysctl -w net.ipv4.udp_l3mdev_accept=1
These options are disabled by default so that a socket in a VRF is only
selected for packets in that VRF. There is a similar option for RAW
sockets, which is enabled by default for reasons of backwards compatibility.
This is so as to specify the output device with cmsg and IP_PKTINFO, but
using a socket not bound to the corresponding VRF. This allows e.g. older ping
implementations to be run with specifying the device but without executing it
in the VRF. This option can be disabled so that packets received in a VRF
context are only handled by a raw socket bound to the VRF, and packets in the
default VRF are only handled by a socket not bound to any VRF:
sysctl -w net.ipv4.raw_l3mdev_accept=0
netfilter rules on the VRF device can be used to limit access to services
running in the default VRF context as well.
################################################################################
Using iproute2 for VRFs
=======================
iproute2 supports the vrf keyword as of v4.7. For backwards compatibility this
section lists both commands where appropriate -- with the vrf keyword and the
older form without it.
1. Create a VRF
To instantiate a VRF device and associate it with a table:
$ ip link add dev NAME type vrf table ID
As of v4.8 the kernel supports the l3mdev FIB rule where a single rule
covers all VRFs. The l3mdev rule is created for IPv4 and IPv6 on first
device create.
2. List VRFs
To list VRFs that have been created:
$ ip [-d] link show type vrf
NOTE: The -d option is needed to show the table id
For example:
$ ip -d link show type vrf
11: mgmt: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 1 addrgenmode eui64
12: red: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 10 addrgenmode eui64
13: blue: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 66 addrgenmode eui64
14: green: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether e6:28:b8:63:70:bb brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
vrf table 81 addrgenmode eui64
Or in brief output:
$ ip -br link show type vrf
mgmt UP 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
red UP b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
blue UP 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
green UP e6:28:b8:63:70:bb <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP>
3. Assign a Network Interface to a VRF
Network interfaces are assigned to a VRF by enslaving the netdevice to a
VRF device:
$ ip link set dev NAME master NAME
On enslavement connected and local routes are automatically moved to the
table associated with the VRF device.
For example:
$ ip link set dev eth0 master mgmt
4. Show Devices Assigned to a VRF
To show devices that have been assigned to a specific VRF add the master
option to the ip command:
$ ip link show vrf NAME
$ ip link show master NAME
For example:
$ ip link show vrf red
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master red state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Or using the brief output:
$ ip -br link show vrf red
eth1 UP 02:00:00:00:02:02 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
eth2 UP 02:00:00:00:02:03 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
eth5 DOWN 02:00:00:00:02:06 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST>
5. Show Neighbor Entries for a VRF
To list neighbor entries associated with devices enslaved to a VRF device
add the master option to the ip command:
$ ip [-6] neigh show vrf NAME
$ ip [-6] neigh show master NAME
For example:
$ ip neigh show vrf red
10.2.1.254 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE
10.2.2.254 dev eth2 lladdr 5e:54:01:6a:ee:80 REACHABLE
$ ip -6 neigh show vrf red
2002:1::64 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE
6. Show Addresses for a VRF
To show addresses for interfaces associated with a VRF add the master
option to the ip command:
$ ip addr show vrf NAME
$ ip addr show master NAME
For example:
$ ip addr show vrf red
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.2.1.2/24 brd 10.2.1.255 scope global eth1
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 2002:1::2/120 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master red state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.2.2.2/24 brd 10.2.2.255 scope global eth2
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 2002:2::2/120 scope global
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master red state DOWN group default qlen 1000
link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Or in brief format:
$ ip -br addr show vrf red
eth1 UP 10.2.1.2/24 2002:1::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64
eth2 UP 10.2.2.2/24 2002:2::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64
eth5 DOWN
7. Show Routes for a VRF
To show routes for a VRF use the ip command to display the table associated
with the VRF device:
$ ip [-6] route show vrf NAME
$ ip [-6] route show table ID
For example:
$ ip route show vrf red
unreachable default metric 4278198272
broadcast 10.2.1.0 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
10.2.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
local 10.2.1.2 dev eth1 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.1.2
broadcast 10.2.1.255 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2
broadcast 10.2.2.0 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
10.2.2.0/24 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
local 10.2.2.2 dev eth2 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.2.2
broadcast 10.2.2.255 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2
$ ip -6 route show vrf red
local 2002:1:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local 2002:1::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
2002:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
local 2002:2:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local 2002:2::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
2002:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80::ff:fe00:202 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
local fe80::ff:fe00:203 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium
fe80::/64 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
fe80::/64 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev red metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev eth1 metric 256 pref medium
ff00::/8 dev eth2 metric 256 pref medium
unreachable default dev lo metric 4278198272 error -101 pref medium
8. Route Lookup for a VRF
A test route lookup can be done for a VRF:
$ ip [-6] route get vrf NAME ADDRESS
$ ip [-6] route get oif NAME ADDRESS
For example:
$ ip route get 10.2.1.40 vrf red
10.2.1.40 dev eth1 table red src 10.2.1.2
cache
$ ip -6 route get 2002:1::32 vrf red
2002:1::32 from :: dev eth1 table red proto kernel src 2002:1::2 metric 256 pref medium
9. Removing Network Interface from a VRF
Network interfaces are removed from a VRF by breaking the enslavement to
the VRF device:
$ ip link set dev NAME nomaster
Connected routes are moved back to the default table and local entries are
moved to the local table.
For example:
$ ip link set dev eth0 nomaster
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commands used in this example:
cat >> /etc/iproute2/rt_tables.d/vrf.conf <<EOF
1 mgmt
10 red
66 blue
81 green
EOF
function vrf_create
{
VRF=$1
TBID=$2
# create VRF device
ip link add ${VRF} type vrf table ${TBID}
if [ "${VRF}" != "mgmt" ]; then
ip route add table ${TBID} unreachable default metric 4278198272
fi
ip link set dev ${VRF} up
}
vrf_create mgmt 1
ip link set dev eth0 master mgmt
vrf_create red 10
ip link set dev eth1 master red
ip link set dev eth2 master red
ip link set dev eth5 master red
vrf_create blue 66
ip link set dev eth3 master blue
vrf_create green 81
ip link set dev eth4 master green
Interface addresses from /etc/network/interfaces:
auto eth0
iface eth0 inet static
address 10.0.0.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
gateway 10.0.0.254
iface eth0 inet6 static
address 2000:1::2
netmask 120
auto eth1
iface eth1 inet static
address 10.2.1.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth1 inet6 static
address 2002:1::2
netmask 120
auto eth2
iface eth2 inet static
address 10.2.2.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth2 inet6 static
address 2002:2::2
netmask 120
auto eth3
iface eth3 inet static
address 10.2.3.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth3 inet6 static
address 2002:3::2
netmask 120
auto eth4
iface eth4 inet static
address 10.2.4.2
netmask 255.255.255.0
iface eth4 inet6 static
address 2002:4::2
netmask 120

33
Documentation/networking/vxlan.txt → Documentation/networking/vxlan.rst
View File

@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================================================
Virtual eXtensible Local Area Networking documentation
======================================================
@ -21,8 +24,9 @@ neighbors GRE and VLAN. Configuring VXLAN requires the version of
iproute2 that matches the kernel release where VXLAN was first merged
upstream.
1. Create vxlan device
# ip link add vxlan0 type vxlan id 42 group 239.1.1.1 dev eth1 dstport 4789
1. Create vxlan device::
# ip link add vxlan0 type vxlan id 42 group 239.1.1.1 dev eth1 dstport 4789
This creates a new device named vxlan0. The device uses the multicast
group 239.1.1.1 over eth1 to handle traffic for which there is no
@ -32,20 +36,25 @@ pre-dates the IANA's selection of a standard destination port number
and uses the Linux-selected value by default to maintain backwards
compatibility.
2. Delete vxlan device
# ip link delete vxlan0
2. Delete vxlan device::
3. Show vxlan info
# ip -d link show vxlan0
# ip link delete vxlan0
3. Show vxlan info::
# ip -d link show vxlan0
It is possible to create, destroy and display the vxlan
forwarding table using the new bridge command.
1. Create forwarding table entry
# bridge fdb add to 00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dst 192.19.0.2 dev vxlan0
1. Create forwarding table entry::
2. Delete forwarding table entry
# bridge fdb delete 00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev vxlan0
# bridge fdb add to 00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dst 192.19.0.2 dev vxlan0
3. Show forwarding table
# bridge fdb show dev vxlan0
2. Delete forwarding table entry::
# bridge fdb delete 00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev vxlan0
3. Show forwarding table::
# bridge fdb show dev vxlan0

10
Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt → Documentation/networking/x25-iface.rst
View File

@ -1,4 +1,10 @@
X.25 Device Driver Interface 1.1
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
============================-
X.25 Device Driver Interface
============================-
Version 1.1
Jonathan Naylor 26.12.96
@ -99,7 +105,7 @@ reduced by the following measures or a combination thereof:
(1) Drivers for kernel versions 2.4.x and above should always check the
return value of netif_rx(). If it returns NET_RX_DROP, the
driver's LAPB protocol must not confirm reception of the frame
to the peer.
to the peer.
This will reliably suppress packet loss. The LAPB protocol will
automatically cause the peer to re-transmit the dropped packet
later.

4
Documentation/networking/x25.txt → Documentation/networking/x25.rst
View File

@ -1,4 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==================
Linux X.25 Project
==================
As my third year dissertation at University I have taken it upon myself to
write an X.25 implementation for Linux. My aim is to provide a complete X.25

33
Documentation/networking/xfrm_device.txt → Documentation/networking/xfrm_device.rst
View File

@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===============================================
XFRM device - offloading the IPsec computations
===============================================
Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
@ -19,7 +21,7 @@ hardware offload.
Userland access to the offload is typically through a system such as
libreswan or KAME/raccoon, but the iproute2 'ip xfrm' command set can
be handy when experimenting. An example command might look something
like this:
like this::
ip x s add proto esp dst 14.0.0.70 src 14.0.0.52 spi 0x07 mode transport \
reqid 0x07 replay-window 32 \
@ -34,15 +36,17 @@ Yes, that's ugly, but that's what shell scripts and/or libreswan are for.
Callbacks to implement
======================
/* from include/linux/netdevice.h */
struct xfrmdev_ops {
::
/* from include/linux/netdevice.h */
struct xfrmdev_ops {
int (*xdo_dev_state_add) (struct xfrm_state *x);
void (*xdo_dev_state_delete) (struct xfrm_state *x);
void (*xdo_dev_state_free) (struct xfrm_state *x);
bool (*xdo_dev_offload_ok) (struct sk_buff *skb,
struct xfrm_state *x);
void (*xdo_dev_state_advance_esn) (struct xfrm_state *x);
};
};
The NIC driver offering ipsec offload will need to implement these
callbacks to make the offload available to the network stack's
@ -58,6 +62,8 @@ At probe time and before the call to register_netdev(), the driver should
set up local data structures and XFRM callbacks, and set the feature bits.
The XFRM code's listener will finish the setup on NETDEV_REGISTER.
::
adapter->netdev->xfrmdev_ops = &ixgbe_xfrmdev_ops;
adapter->netdev->features |= NETIF_F_HW_ESP;
adapter->netdev->hw_enc_features |= NETIF_F_HW_ESP;
@ -65,16 +71,20 @@ The XFRM code's listener will finish the setup on NETDEV_REGISTER.
When new SAs are set up with a request for "offload" feature, the
driver's xdo_dev_state_add() will be given the new SA to be offloaded
and an indication of whether it is for Rx or Tx. The driver should
- verify the algorithm is supported for offloads
- store the SA information (key, salt, target-ip, protocol, etc)
- enable the HW offload of the SA
- return status value:
=========== ===================================
0 success
-EOPNETSUPP offload not supported, try SW IPsec
other fail the request
=========== ===================================
The driver can also set an offload_handle in the SA, an opaque void pointer
that can be used to convey context into the fast-path offload requests.
that can be used to convey context into the fast-path offload requests::
xs->xso.offload_handle = context;
@ -88,7 +98,7 @@ return true of false to signify its support.
When ready to send, the driver needs to inspect the Tx packet for the
offload information, including the opaque context, and set up the packet
send accordingly.
send accordingly::
xs = xfrm_input_state(skb);
context = xs->xso.offload_handle;
@ -105,18 +115,21 @@ the packet's skb. At this point the data should be decrypted but the
IPsec headers are still in the packet data; they are removed later up
the stack in xfrm_input().
find and hold the SA that was used to the Rx skb
find and hold the SA that was used to the Rx skb::
get spi, protocol, and destination IP from packet headers
xs = find xs from (spi, protocol, dest_IP)
xfrm_state_hold(xs);
store the state information into the skb
store the state information into the skb::
sp = secpath_set(skb);
if (!sp) return;
sp->xvec[sp->len++] = xs;
sp->olen++;
indicate the success and/or error status of the offload
indicate the success and/or error status of the offload::
xo = xfrm_offload(skb);
xo->flags = CRYPTO_DONE;
xo->status = crypto_status;
@ -136,5 +149,3 @@ hardware needs.
As a netdev is set to DOWN the XFRM stack's netdev listener will call
xdo_dev_state_delete() and xdo_dev_state_free() on any remaining offloaded
states.

31
Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt → Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.rst
View File

@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
==================================
XFRM proc - /proc/net/xfrm_* files
==================================
Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
@ -14,42 +18,58 @@ as part of the linux private MIB. These counters can be viewed in
Inbound errors
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
XfrmInError:
All errors which is not matched others
XfrmInBufferError:
No buffer is left
XfrmInHdrError:
Header error
XfrmInNoStates:
No state is found
i.e. Either inbound SPI, address, or IPsec protocol at SA is wrong
XfrmInStateProtoError:
Transformation protocol specific error
e.g. SA key is wrong
XfrmInStateModeError:
Transformation mode specific error
XfrmInStateSeqError:
Sequence error
i.e. Sequence number is out of window
XfrmInStateExpired:
State is expired
XfrmInStateMismatch:
State has mismatch option
e.g. UDP encapsulation type is mismatch
XfrmInStateInvalid:
State is invalid
XfrmInTmplMismatch:
No matching template for states
e.g. Inbound SAs are correct but SP rule is wrong
XfrmInNoPols:
No policy is found for states
e.g. Inbound SAs are correct but no SP is found
XfrmInPolBlock:
Policy discards
XfrmInPolError:
Policy error
XfrmAcquireError:
State hasn't been fully acquired before use
XfrmFwdHdrError:
Forward routing of a packet is not allowed
@ -57,26 +77,37 @@ Outbound errors
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
XfrmOutError:
All errors which is not matched others
XfrmOutBundleGenError:
Bundle generation error
XfrmOutBundleCheckError:
Bundle check error
XfrmOutNoStates:
No state is found
XfrmOutStateProtoError:
Transformation protocol specific error
XfrmOutStateModeError:
Transformation mode specific error
XfrmOutStateSeqError:
Sequence error
i.e. Sequence number overflow
XfrmOutStateExpired:
State is expired
XfrmOutPolBlock:
Policy discards
XfrmOutPolDead:
Policy is dead
XfrmOutPolError:
Policy error
XfrmOutStateInvalid:
State is invalid, perhaps expired

66
Documentation/networking/xfrm_sync.txt → Documentation/networking/xfrm_sync.rst
View File

@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
====
XFRM
====
The sync patches work is based on initial patches from
Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu> and others and additional patches
@ -40,30 +45,32 @@ The netlink message types are:
XFRM_MSG_NEWAE and XFRM_MSG_GETAE.
A XFRM_MSG_GETAE does not have TLVs.
A XFRM_MSG_NEWAE will have at least two TLVs (as is
discussed further below).
aevent_id structure looks like:
aevent_id structure looks like::
struct xfrm_aevent_id {
struct xfrm_usersa_id sa_id;
xfrm_address_t saddr;
__u32 flags;
__u32 reqid;
struct xfrm_usersa_id sa_id;
xfrm_address_t saddr;
__u32 flags;
__u32 reqid;
};
The unique SA is identified by the combination of xfrm_usersa_id,
reqid and saddr.
flags are used to indicate different things. The possible
flags are:
XFRM_AE_RTHR=1, /* replay threshold*/
XFRM_AE_RVAL=2, /* replay value */
XFRM_AE_LVAL=4, /* lifetime value */
XFRM_AE_ETHR=8, /* expiry timer threshold */
XFRM_AE_CR=16, /* Event cause is replay update */
XFRM_AE_CE=32, /* Event cause is timer expiry */
XFRM_AE_CU=64, /* Event cause is policy update */
flags are::
XFRM_AE_RTHR=1, /* replay threshold*/
XFRM_AE_RVAL=2, /* replay value */
XFRM_AE_LVAL=4, /* lifetime value */
XFRM_AE_ETHR=8, /* expiry timer threshold */
XFRM_AE_CR=16, /* Event cause is replay update */
XFRM_AE_CE=32, /* Event cause is timer expiry */
XFRM_AE_CU=64, /* Event cause is policy update */
How these flags are used is dependent on the direction of the
message (kernel<->user) as well the cause (config, query or event).
@ -80,23 +87,27 @@ to get notified of these events.
-----------------------------------------
a) byte value (XFRMA_LTIME_VAL)
This TLV carries the running/current counter for byte lifetime since
last event.
b)replay value (XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL)
This TLV carries the running/current counter for replay sequence since
last event.
c)replay threshold (XFRMA_REPLAY_THRESH)
This TLV carries the threshold being used by the kernel to trigger events
when the replay sequence is exceeded.
d) expiry timer (XFRMA_ETIMER_THRESH)
This is a timer value in milliseconds which is used as the nagle
value to rate limit the events.
3) Default configurations for the parameters:
----------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
By default these events should be turned off unless there is
at least one listener registered to listen to the multicast
@ -108,6 +119,7 @@ we also provide default threshold values for these different parameters
in case they are not specified.
the two sysctls/proc entries are:
a) /proc/sys/net/core/sysctl_xfrm_aevent_etime
used to provide default values for the XFRMA_ETIMER_THRESH in incremental
units of time of 100ms. The default is 10 (1 second)
@ -120,37 +132,45 @@ in incremental packet count. The default is two packets.
----------------
a) XFRM_MSG_GETAE issued by user-->kernel.
XFRM_MSG_GETAE does not carry any TLVs.
XFRM_MSG_GETAE does not carry any TLVs.
The response is a XFRM_MSG_NEWAE which is formatted based on what
XFRM_MSG_GETAE queried for.
The response will always have XFRMA_LTIME_VAL and XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL TLVs.
*if XFRM_AE_RTHR flag is set, then XFRMA_REPLAY_THRESH is also retrieved
*if XFRM_AE_ETHR flag is set, then XFRMA_ETIMER_THRESH is also retrieved
* if XFRM_AE_RTHR flag is set, then XFRMA_REPLAY_THRESH is also retrieved
* if XFRM_AE_ETHR flag is set, then XFRMA_ETIMER_THRESH is also retrieved
b) XFRM_MSG_NEWAE is issued by either user space to configure
or kernel to announce events or respond to a XFRM_MSG_GETAE.
or kernel to announce events or respond to a XFRM_MSG_GETAE.
i) user --> kernel to configure a specific SA.
any of the values or threshold parameters can be updated by passing the
appropriate TLV.
A response is issued back to the sender in user space to indicate success
or failure.
In the case of success, additionally an event with
XFRM_MSG_NEWAE is also issued to any listeners as described in iii).
ii) kernel->user direction as a response to XFRM_MSG_GETAE
The response will always have XFRMA_LTIME_VAL and XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL TLVs.
The threshold TLVs will be included if explicitly requested in
the XFRM_MSG_GETAE message.
iii) kernel->user to report as event if someone sets any values or
thresholds for an SA using XFRM_MSG_NEWAE (as described in #i above).
In such a case XFRM_AE_CU flag is set to inform the user that
the change happened as a result of an update.
The message will always have XFRMA_LTIME_VAL and XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL TLVs.
thresholds for an SA using XFRM_MSG_NEWAE (as described in #i above).
In such a case XFRM_AE_CU flag is set to inform the user that
the change happened as a result of an update.
The message will always have XFRMA_LTIME_VAL and XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL TLVs.
iv) kernel->user to report event when replay threshold or a timeout
is exceeded.
is exceeded.
In such a case either XFRM_AE_CR (replay exceeded) or XFRM_AE_CE (timeout
happened) is set to inform the user what happened.
Note the two flags are mutually exclusive.

7
Documentation/networking/xfrm_sysctl.txt → Documentation/networking/xfrm_sysctl.rst
View File

@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
============
XFRM Syscall
============
/proc/sys/net/core/xfrm_* Variables:
====================================
xfrm_acq_expires - INTEGER
default 30 - hard timeout in seconds for acquire requests

609
Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt → Documentation/networking/z8530drv.rst
View File

@ -1,33 +1,30 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=========================================================
SCC.C - Linux driver for Z8530 based HDLC cards for AX.25
=========================================================
This is a subset of the documentation. To use this driver you MUST have the
full package from:
Internet:
=========
1. ftp://ftp.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/pub/jr/z8530drv-utils_3.0-3.tar.gz
1. ftp://ftp.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/pub/jr/z8530drv-utils_3.0-3.tar.gz
2. ftp://ftp.pspt.fi/pub/ham/linux/ax25/z8530drv-utils_3.0-3.tar.gz
2. ftp://ftp.pspt.fi/pub/ham/linux/ax25/z8530drv-utils_3.0-3.tar.gz
Please note that the information in this document may be hopelessly outdated.
A new version of the documentation, along with links to other important
Linux Kernel AX.25 documentation and programs, is available on
http://yaina.de/jreuter
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright |copy| 1993,2000 by Joerg Reuter DL1BKE <jreuter@yaina.de>
portions Copyright |copy| 1993 Guido ten Dolle PE1NNZ
SCC.C - Linux driver for Z8530 based HDLC cards for AX.25
********************************************************************
(c) 1993,2000 by Joerg Reuter DL1BKE <jreuter@yaina.de>
portions (c) 1993 Guido ten Dolle PE1NNZ
for the complete copyright notice see >> Copying.Z8530DRV <<
********************************************************************
for the complete copyright notice see >> Copying.Z8530DRV <<
1. Initialization of the driver
===============================
@ -50,7 +47,7 @@ AX.25-HOWTO on how to emulate a KISS TNC on network device drivers.
(If you're going to compile the driver as a part of the kernel image,
skip this chapter and continue with 1.2)
Before you can use a module, you'll have to load it with
Before you can use a module, you'll have to load it with::
insmod scc.o
@ -75,61 +72,73 @@ The file itself consists of two main sections.
==========================================
The hardware setup section defines the following parameters for each
Z8530:
Z8530::
chip 1
data_a 0x300 # data port A
ctrl_a 0x304 # control port A
data_b 0x301 # data port B
ctrl_b 0x305 # control port B
irq 5 # IRQ No. 5
pclock 4915200 # clock
board BAYCOM # hardware type
escc no # enhanced SCC chip? (8580/85180/85280)
vector 0 # latch for interrupt vector
special no # address of special function register
option 0 # option to set via sfr
chip 1
data_a 0x300 # data port A
ctrl_a 0x304 # control port A
data_b 0x301 # data port B
ctrl_b 0x305 # control port B
irq 5 # IRQ No. 5
pclock 4915200 # clock
board BAYCOM # hardware type
escc no # enhanced SCC chip? (8580/85180/85280)
vector 0 # latch for interrupt vector
special no # address of special function register
option 0 # option to set via sfr
chip - this is just a delimiter to make sccinit a bit simpler to
chip
- this is just a delimiter to make sccinit a bit simpler to
program. A parameter has no effect.
data_a - the address of the data port A of this Z8530 (needed)
ctrl_a - the address of the control port A (needed)
data_b - the address of the data port B (needed)
ctrl_b - the address of the control port B (needed)
data_a
- the address of the data port A of this Z8530 (needed)
ctrl_a
- the address of the control port A (needed)
data_b
- the address of the data port B (needed)
ctrl_b
- the address of the control port B (needed)
irq - the used IRQ for this chip. Different chips can use different
IRQs or the same. If they share an interrupt, it needs to be
irq
- the used IRQ for this chip. Different chips can use different
IRQs or the same. If they share an interrupt, it needs to be
specified within one chip-definition only.
pclock - the clock at the PCLK pin of the Z8530 (option, 4915200 is
default), measured in Hertz
default), measured in Hertz
board - the "type" of the board:
board
- the "type" of the board:
======================= ========
SCC type value
---------------------------------
======================= ========
PA0HZP SCC card PA0HZP
EAGLE card EAGLE
PC100 card PC100
PRIMUS-PC (DG9BL) card PRIMUS
BayCom (U)SCC card BAYCOM
======================= ========
escc - if you want support for ESCC chips (8580, 85180, 85280), set
this to "yes" (option, defaults to "no")
escc
- if you want support for ESCC chips (8580, 85180, 85280), set
this to "yes" (option, defaults to "no")
vector - address of the vector latch (aka "intack port") for PA0HZP
cards. There can be only one vector latch for all chips!
vector
- address of the vector latch (aka "intack port") for PA0HZP
cards. There can be only one vector latch for all chips!
(option, defaults to 0)
special - address of the special function register on several cards.
(option, defaults to 0)
special
- address of the special function register on several cards.
(option, defaults to 0)
option - The value you write into that register (option, default is 0)
You can specify up to four chips (8 channels). If this is not enough,
just change
just change::
#define MAXSCC 4
@ -138,75 +147,81 @@ to a higher value.
Example for the BAYCOM USCC:
----------------------------
chip 1
data_a 0x300 # data port A
ctrl_a 0x304 # control port A
data_b 0x301 # data port B
ctrl_b 0x305 # control port B
irq 5 # IRQ No. 5 (#)
board BAYCOM # hardware type (*)
#
# SCC chip 2
#
chip 2
data_a 0x302
ctrl_a 0x306
data_b 0x303
ctrl_b 0x307
board BAYCOM
::
chip 1
data_a 0x300 # data port A
ctrl_a 0x304 # control port A
data_b 0x301 # data port B
ctrl_b 0x305 # control port B
irq 5 # IRQ No. 5 (#)
board BAYCOM # hardware type (*)
#
# SCC chip 2
#
chip 2
data_a 0x302
ctrl_a 0x306
data_b 0x303
ctrl_b 0x307
board BAYCOM
An example for a PA0HZP card:
-----------------------------
chip 1
data_a 0x153
data_b 0x151
ctrl_a 0x152
ctrl_b 0x150
irq 9
pclock 4915200
board PA0HZP
vector 0x168
escc no
#
#
#
chip 2
data_a 0x157
data_b 0x155
ctrl_a 0x156
ctrl_b 0x154
irq 9
pclock 4915200
board PA0HZP
vector 0x168
escc no
::
chip 1
data_a 0x153
data_b 0x151
ctrl_a 0x152
ctrl_b 0x150
irq 9
pclock 4915200
board PA0HZP
vector 0x168
escc no
#
#
#
chip 2
data_a 0x157
data_b 0x155
ctrl_a 0x156
ctrl_b 0x154
irq 9
pclock 4915200
board PA0HZP
vector 0x168
escc no
A DRSI would should probably work with this:
--------------------------------------------
(actually: two DRSI cards...)
chip 1
data_a 0x303
data_b 0x301
ctrl_a 0x302
ctrl_b 0x300
irq 7
pclock 4915200
board DRSI
escc no
#
#
#
chip 2
data_a 0x313
data_b 0x311
ctrl_a 0x312
ctrl_b 0x310
irq 7
pclock 4915200
board DRSI
escc no
::
chip 1
data_a 0x303
data_b 0x301
ctrl_a 0x302
ctrl_b 0x300
irq 7
pclock 4915200
board DRSI
escc no
#
#
#
chip 2
data_a 0x313
data_b 0x311
ctrl_a 0x312
ctrl_b 0x310
irq 7
pclock 4915200
board DRSI
escc no
Note that you cannot use the on-board baudrate generator off DRSI
cards. Use "mode dpll" for clock source (see below).
@ -220,17 +235,19 @@ The utility "gencfg"
If you only know the parameters for the PE1CHL driver for DOS,
run gencfg. It will generate the correct port addresses (I hope).
Its parameters are exactly the same as the ones you use with
the "attach scc" command in net, except that the string "init" must
not appear. Example:
the "attach scc" command in net, except that the string "init" must
not appear. Example::
gencfg 2 0x150 4 2 0 1 0x168 9 4915200
gencfg 2 0x150 4 2 0 1 0x168 9 4915200
will print a skeleton z8530drv.conf for the OptoSCC to stdout.
gencfg 2 0x300 2 4 5 -4 0 7 4915200 0x10
::
gencfg 2 0x300 2 4 5 -4 0 7 4915200 0x10
does the same for the BAYCOM USCC card. In my opinion it is much easier
to edit scc_config.h...
to edit scc_config.h...
1.2.2 channel configuration
@ -239,58 +256,58 @@ to edit scc_config.h...
The channel definition is divided into three sub sections for each
channel:
An example for scc0:
An example for scc0::
# DEVICE
# DEVICE
device scc0 # the device for the following params
device scc0 # the device for the following params
# MODEM / BUFFERS
# MODEM / BUFFERS
speed 1200 # the default baudrate
clock dpll # clock source:
# dpll = normal half duplex operation
# external = MODEM provides own Rx/Tx clock
# divider = use full duplex divider if
# installed (1)
mode nrzi # HDLC encoding mode
# nrzi = 1k2 MODEM, G3RUH 9k6 MODEM
# nrz = DF9IC 9k6 MODEM
#
bufsize 384 # size of buffers. Note that this must include
# the AX.25 header, not only the data field!
# (optional, defaults to 384)
speed 1200 # the default baudrate
clock dpll # clock source:
# dpll = normal half duplex operation
# external = MODEM provides own Rx/Tx clock
# divider = use full duplex divider if
# installed (1)
mode nrzi # HDLC encoding mode
# nrzi = 1k2 MODEM, G3RUH 9k6 MODEM
# nrz = DF9IC 9k6 MODEM
#
bufsize 384 # size of buffers. Note that this must include
# the AX.25 header, not only the data field!
# (optional, defaults to 384)
# KISS (Layer 1)
# KISS (Layer 1)
txdelay 36 # (see chapter 1.4)
persist 64
slot 8
tail 8
fulldup 0
wait 12
min 3
maxkey 7
idle 3
maxdef 120
group 0
txoff off
softdcd on
slip off
txdelay 36 # (see chapter 1.4)
persist 64
slot 8
tail 8
fulldup 0
wait 12
min 3
maxkey 7
idle 3
maxdef 120
group 0
txoff off
softdcd on
slip off
The order WITHIN these sections is unimportant. The order OF these
sections IS important. The MODEM parameters are set with the first
recognized KISS parameter...
Please note that you can initialize the board only once after boot
(or insmod). You can change all parameters but "mode" and "clock"
later with the Sccparam program or through KISS. Just to avoid
security holes...
(or insmod). You can change all parameters but "mode" and "clock"
later with the Sccparam program or through KISS. Just to avoid
security holes...
(1) this divider is usually mounted on the SCC-PBC (PA0HZP) or not
present at all (BayCom). It feeds back the output of the DPLL
(digital pll) as transmit clock. Using this mode without a divider
installed will normally result in keying the transceiver until
present at all (BayCom). It feeds back the output of the DPLL
(digital pll) as transmit clock. Using this mode without a divider
installed will normally result in keying the transceiver until
maxkey expires --- of course without sending anything (useful).
2. Attachment of a channel by your AX.25 software
@ -299,15 +316,15 @@ security holes...
2.1 Kernel AX.25
================
To set up an AX.25 device you can simply type:
To set up an AX.25 device you can simply type::
ifconfig scc0 44.128.1.1 hw ax25 dl0tha-7
This will create a network interface with the IP number 44.128.20.107
and the callsign "dl0tha". If you do not have any IP number (yet) you
can use any of the 44.128.0.0 network. Note that you do not need
axattach. The purpose of axattach (like slattach) is to create a KISS
network device linked to a TTY. Please read the documentation of the
This will create a network interface with the IP number 44.128.20.107
and the callsign "dl0tha". If you do not have any IP number (yet) you
can use any of the 44.128.0.0 network. Note that you do not need
axattach. The purpose of axattach (like slattach) is to create a KISS
network device linked to a TTY. Please read the documentation of the
ax25-utils and the AX.25-HOWTO to learn how to set the parameters of
the kernel AX.25.
@ -318,16 +335,16 @@ Since the TTY driver (aka KISS TNC emulation) is gone you need
to emulate the old behaviour. The cost of using these programs is
that you probably need to compile the kernel AX.25, regardless of whether
you actually use it or not. First setup your /etc/ax25/axports,
for example:
for example::
9k6 dl0tha-9 9600 255 4 9600 baud port (scc3)
axlink dl0tha-15 38400 255 4 Link to NOS
Now "ifconfig" the scc device:
Now "ifconfig" the scc device::
ifconfig scc3 44.128.1.1 hw ax25 dl0tha-9
You can now axattach a pseudo-TTY:
You can now axattach a pseudo-TTY::
axattach /dev/ptys0 axlink
@ -335,11 +352,11 @@ and start your NOS and attach /dev/ptys0 there. The problem is that
NOS is reachable only via digipeating through the kernel AX.25
(disastrous on a DAMA controlled channel). To solve this problem,
configure "rxecho" to echo the incoming frames from "9k6" to "axlink"
and outgoing frames from "axlink" to "9k6" and start:
and outgoing frames from "axlink" to "9k6" and start::
rxecho
Or simply use "kissbridge" coming with z8530drv-utils:
Or simply use "kissbridge" coming with z8530drv-utils::
ifconfig scc3 hw ax25 dl0tha-9
kissbridge scc3 /dev/ptys0
@ -351,55 +368,57 @@ Or simply use "kissbridge" coming with z8530drv-utils:
3.1 Displaying SCC Parameters:
==============================
Once a SCC channel has been attached, the parameter settings and
some statistic information can be shown using the param program:
Once a SCC channel has been attached, the parameter settings and
some statistic information can be shown using the param program::
dl1bke-u:~$ sccstat scc0
dl1bke-u:~$ sccstat scc0
Parameters:
Parameters:
speed : 1200 baud
txdelay : 36
persist : 255
slottime : 0
txtail : 8
fulldup : 1
waittime : 12
mintime : 3 sec
maxkeyup : 7 sec
idletime : 3 sec
maxdefer : 120 sec
group : 0x00
txoff : off
softdcd : on
SLIP : off
speed : 1200 baud
txdelay : 36
persist : 255
slottime : 0
txtail : 8
fulldup : 1
waittime : 12
mintime : 3 sec
maxkeyup : 7 sec
idletime : 3 sec
maxdefer : 120 sec
group : 0x00
txoff : off
softdcd : on
SLIP : off
Status:
Status:
HDLC Z8530 Interrupts Buffers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Sent : 273 RxOver : 0 RxInts : 125074 Size : 384
Received : 1095 TxUnder: 0 TxInts : 4684 NoSpace : 0
RxErrors : 1591 ExInts : 11776
TxErrors : 0 SpInts : 1503
Tx State : idle
HDLC Z8530 Interrupts Buffers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Sent : 273 RxOver : 0 RxInts : 125074 Size : 384
Received : 1095 TxUnder: 0 TxInts : 4684 NoSpace : 0
RxErrors : 1591 ExInts : 11776
TxErrors : 0 SpInts : 1503
Tx State : idle
The status info shown is:
Sent - number of frames transmitted
Received - number of frames received
RxErrors - number of receive errors (CRC, ABORT)
TxErrors - number of discarded Tx frames (due to various reasons)
Tx State - status of the Tx interrupt handler: idle/busy/active/tail (2)
RxOver - number of receiver overruns
TxUnder - number of transmitter underruns
RxInts - number of receiver interrupts
TxInts - number of transmitter interrupts
EpInts - number of receiver special condition interrupts
SpInts - number of external/status interrupts
Size - maximum size of an AX.25 frame (*with* AX.25 headers!)
NoSpace - number of times a buffer could not get allocated
============== ==============================================================
Sent number of frames transmitted
Received number of frames received
RxErrors number of receive errors (CRC, ABORT)
TxErrors number of discarded Tx frames (due to various reasons)
Tx State status of the Tx interrupt handler: idle/busy/active/tail (2)
RxOver number of receiver overruns
TxUnder number of transmitter underruns
RxInts number of receiver interrupts
TxInts number of transmitter interrupts
EpInts number of receiver special condition interrupts
SpInts number of external/status interrupts
Size maximum size of an AX.25 frame (*with* AX.25 headers!)
NoSpace number of times a buffer could not get allocated
============== ==============================================================
An overrun is abnormal. If lots of these occur, the product of
baudrate and number of interfaces is too high for the processing
@ -411,32 +430,34 @@ driver or the kernel AX.25.
======================
The setting of parameters of the emulated KISS TNC is done in the
The setting of parameters of the emulated KISS TNC is done in the
same way in the SCC driver. You can change parameters by using
the kissparms program from the ax25-utils package or use the program
"sccparam":
the kissparms program from the ax25-utils package or use the program
"sccparam"::
sccparam <device> <paramname> <decimal-|hexadecimal value>
You can change the following parameters:
param : value
------------------------
speed : 1200
txdelay : 36
persist : 255
slottime : 0
txtail : 8
fulldup : 1
waittime : 12
mintime : 3
maxkeyup : 7
idletime : 3
maxdefer : 120
group : 0x00
txoff : off
softdcd : on
SLIP : off
=========== =====
param value
=========== =====
speed 1200
txdelay 36
persist 255
slottime 0
txtail 8
fulldup 1
waittime 12
mintime 3
maxkeyup 7
idletime 3
maxdefer 120
group 0x00
txoff off
softdcd on
SLIP off
=========== =====
The parameters have the following meaning:
@ -447,92 +468,92 @@ speed:
Example: sccparam /dev/scc3 speed 9600
txdelay:
The delay (in units of 10 ms) after keying of the
transmitter, until the first byte is sent. This is usually
called "TXDELAY" in a TNC. When 0 is specified, the driver
will just wait until the CTS signal is asserted. This
assumes the presence of a timer or other circuitry in the
MODEM and/or transmitter, that asserts CTS when the
The delay (in units of 10 ms) after keying of the
transmitter, until the first byte is sent. This is usually
called "TXDELAY" in a TNC. When 0 is specified, the driver
will just wait until the CTS signal is asserted. This
assumes the presence of a timer or other circuitry in the
MODEM and/or transmitter, that asserts CTS when the
transmitter is ready for data.
A normal value of this parameter is 30-36.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc0 txd 20
persist:
This is the probability that the transmitter will be keyed
when the channel is found to be free. It is a value from 0
to 255, and the probability is (value+1)/256. The value
should be somewhere near 50-60, and should be lowered when
This is the probability that the transmitter will be keyed
when the channel is found to be free. It is a value from 0
to 255, and the probability is (value+1)/256. The value
should be somewhere near 50-60, and should be lowered when
the channel is used more heavily.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc2 persist 20
slottime:
This is the time between samples of the channel. It is
expressed in units of 10 ms. About 200-300 ms (value 20-30)
This is the time between samples of the channel. It is
expressed in units of 10 ms. About 200-300 ms (value 20-30)
seems to be a good value.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc0 slot 20
tail:
The time the transmitter will remain keyed after the last
byte of a packet has been transferred to the SCC. This is
necessary because the CRC and a flag still have to leave the
SCC before the transmitter is keyed down. The value depends
on the baudrate selected. A few character times should be
The time the transmitter will remain keyed after the last
byte of a packet has been transferred to the SCC. This is
necessary because the CRC and a flag still have to leave the
SCC before the transmitter is keyed down. The value depends
on the baudrate selected. A few character times should be
sufficient, e.g. 40ms at 1200 baud. (value 4)
The value of this parameter is in 10 ms units.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc2 4
full:
The full-duplex mode switch. This can be one of the following
The full-duplex mode switch. This can be one of the following
values:
0: The interface will operate in CSMA mode (the normal
half-duplex packet radio operation)
1: Fullduplex mode, i.e. the transmitter will be keyed at
any time, without checking the received carrier. It
will be unkeyed when there are no packets to be sent.
2: Like 1, but the transmitter will remain keyed, also
when there are no packets to be sent. Flags will be
sent in that case, until a timeout (parameter 10)
occurs.
0: The interface will operate in CSMA mode (the normal
half-duplex packet radio operation)
1: Fullduplex mode, i.e. the transmitter will be keyed at
any time, without checking the received carrier. It
will be unkeyed when there are no packets to be sent.
2: Like 1, but the transmitter will remain keyed, also
when there are no packets to be sent. Flags will be
sent in that case, until a timeout (parameter 10)
occurs.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc0 fulldup off
wait:
The initial waittime before any transmit attempt, after the
frame has been queue for transmit. This is the length of
The initial waittime before any transmit attempt, after the
frame has been queue for transmit. This is the length of
the first slot in CSMA mode. In full duplex modes it is
set to 0 for maximum performance.
The value of this parameter is in 10 ms units.
The value of this parameter is in 10 ms units.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc1 wait 4
maxkey:
The maximal time the transmitter will be keyed to send
packets, in seconds. This can be useful on busy CSMA
channels, to avoid "getting a bad reputation" when you are
generating a lot of traffic. After the specified time has
The maximal time the transmitter will be keyed to send
packets, in seconds. This can be useful on busy CSMA
channels, to avoid "getting a bad reputation" when you are
generating a lot of traffic. After the specified time has
elapsed, no new frame will be started. Instead, the trans-
mitter will be switched off for a specified time (parameter
min), and then the selected algorithm for keyup will be
mitter will be switched off for a specified time (parameter
min), and then the selected algorithm for keyup will be
started again.
The value 0 as well as "off" will disable this feature,
and allow infinite transmission time.
The value 0 as well as "off" will disable this feature,
and allow infinite transmission time.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc0 maxk 20
min:
This is the time the transmitter will be switched off when
This is the time the transmitter will be switched off when
the maximum transmission time is exceeded.
Example: sccparam /dev/scc3 min 10
idle
This parameter specifies the maximum idle time in full duplex
2 mode, in seconds. When no frames have been sent for this
idle:
This parameter specifies the maximum idle time in full duplex
2 mode, in seconds. When no frames have been sent for this
time, the transmitter will be keyed down. A value of 0 is
has same result as the fullduplex mode 1. This parameter
can be disabled.
@ -541,7 +562,7 @@ idle
maxdefer
This is the maximum time (in seconds) to wait for a free channel
to send. When this timer expires the transmitter will be keyed
to send. When this timer expires the transmitter will be keyed
IMMEDIATELY. If you love to get trouble with other users you
should set this to a very low value ;-)
@ -555,32 +576,38 @@ txoff:
Example: sccparam /dev/scc2 txoff on
group:
It is possible to build special radio equipment to use more than
one frequency on the same band, e.g. using several receivers and
It is possible to build special radio equipment to use more than
one frequency on the same band, e.g. using several receivers and
only one transmitter that can be switched between frequencies.
Also, you can connect several radios that are active on the same
band. In these cases, it is not possible, or not a good idea, to
transmit on more than one frequency. The SCC driver provides a
method to lock transmitters on different interfaces, using the
"param <interface> group <x>" command. This will only work when
Also, you can connect several radios that are active on the same
band. In these cases, it is not possible, or not a good idea, to
transmit on more than one frequency. The SCC driver provides a
method to lock transmitters on different interfaces, using the
"param <interface> group <x>" command. This will only work when
you are using CSMA mode (parameter full = 0).
The number <x> must be 0 if you want no group restrictions, and
The number <x> must be 0 if you want no group restrictions, and
can be computed as follows to create restricted groups:
<x> is the sum of some OCTAL numbers:
200 This transmitter will only be keyed when all other
transmitters in the group are off.
100 This transmitter will only be keyed when the carrier
detect of all other interfaces in the group is off.
0xx A byte that can be used to define different groups.
Interfaces are in the same group, when the logical AND
between their xx values is nonzero.
=== =======================================================
200 This transmitter will only be keyed when all other
transmitters in the group are off.
100 This transmitter will only be keyed when the carrier
detect of all other interfaces in the group is off.
0xx A byte that can be used to define different groups.
Interfaces are in the same group, when the logical AND
between their xx values is nonzero.
=== =======================================================
Examples:
When 2 interfaces use group 201, their transmitters will never be
When 2 interfaces use group 201, their transmitters will never be
keyed at the same time.
When 2 interfaces use group 101, the transmitters will only key
when both channels are clear at the same time. When group 301,
When 2 interfaces use group 101, the transmitters will only key
when both channels are clear at the same time. When group 301,
the transmitters will not be keyed at the same time.
Don't forget to convert the octal numbers into decimal before
@ -595,19 +622,19 @@ softdcd:
Example: sccparam /dev/scc0 soft on
4. Problems
4. Problems
===========
If you have tx-problems with your BayCom USCC card please check
the manufacturer of the 8530. SGS chips have a slightly
different timing. Try Zilog... A solution is to write to register 8
instead to the data port, but this won't work with the ESCC chips.
different timing. Try Zilog... A solution is to write to register 8
instead to the data port, but this won't work with the ESCC chips.
*SIGH!*
A very common problem is that the PTT locks until the maxkeyup timer
expires, although interrupts and clock source are correct. In most
cases compiling the driver with CONFIG_SCC_DELAY (set with
make config) solves the problems. For more hints read the (pseudo) FAQ
make config) solves the problems. For more hints read the (pseudo) FAQ
and the documentation coming with z8530drv-utils.
I got reports that the driver has problems on some 386-based systems.
@ -651,7 +678,9 @@ got it up-and-running?
Many thanks to Linus Torvalds and Alan Cox for including the driver
in the Linux standard distribution and their support.
Joerg Reuter ampr-net: dl1bke@db0pra.ampr.org
AX-25 : DL1BKE @ DB0ABH.#BAY.DEU.EU
Internet: jreuter@yaina.de
WWW : http://yaina.de/jreuter
::
Joerg Reuter ampr-net: dl1bke@db0pra.ampr.org
AX-25 : DL1BKE @ DB0ABH.#BAY.DEU.EU
Internet: jreuter@yaina.de
WWW : http://yaina.de/jreuter

30
MAINTAINERS
View File

@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Maintainers List
M: Steffen Klassert <klassert@kernel.org>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Odd Fixes
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c59x.c
3CR990 NETWORK DRIVER
@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ R: Saeed Bishara <saeedb@amazon.com>
R: Zorik Machulsky <zorik@amazon.com>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/amazon/ena.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/amazon/ena.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/
AMAZON RDMA EFA DRIVER
@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
W: https://www.marvell.com/
Q: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/list/
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/
AQUANTIA ETHERNET DRIVER PTP SUBSYSTEM
@ -4694,7 +4694,7 @@ F: net/ax25/sysctl_net_ax25.c
DAVICOM FAST ETHERNET (DMFE) NETWORK DRIVER
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Orphan
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/dmfe.c
DC390/AM53C974 SCSI driver
@ -7867,7 +7867,7 @@ S: Supported
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/hyperv/linux.git
F: Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
F: Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/microsoft/netvsc.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/microsoft/netvsc.rst
F: arch/x86/hyperv
F: arch/x86/include/asm/hyperv-tlfs.h
F: arch/x86/include/asm/mshyperv.h
@ -8742,8 +8742,8 @@ INTEL PRO/WIRELESS 2100, 2200BG, 2915ABG NETWORK CONNECTION SUPPORT
M: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.rst
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.rst
F: drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/
INTEL PSTATE DRIVER
@ -11656,8 +11656,8 @@ NETERION 10GbE DRIVERS (s2io/vxge)
M: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.rst
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/
NETFILTER
@ -14031,7 +14031,7 @@ M: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
M: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qualcomm/rmnet.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qualcomm/rmnet.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/rmnet/
F: include/linux/if_rmnet.h
@ -15874,7 +15874,7 @@ SPIDERNET NETWORK DRIVER for CELL
M: Ishizaki Kou <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/toshiba/spider_net.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/toshiba/spider_net.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/toshiba/spider_net*
SPMI SUBSYSTEM
@ -16971,7 +16971,7 @@ M: Samuel Chessman <chessman@tux.org>
L: tlan-devel@lists.sourceforge.net (subscribers-only)
S: Maintained
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/tlan/
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.txt
F: Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.rst
F: drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.*
TM6000 VIDEO4LINUX DRIVER
@ -17161,7 +17161,7 @@ TUN/TAP driver
M: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com>
S: Maintained
W: http://vtun.sourceforge.net/tun
F: Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
F: Documentation/networking/tuntap.rst
F: arch/um/os-Linux/drivers/
TURBOCHANNEL SUBSYSTEM
@ -18106,7 +18106,7 @@ M: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
M: Shrijeet Mukherjee <shrijeet@gmail.com>
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
F: Documentation/networking/vrf.txt
F: Documentation/networking/vrf.rst
F: drivers/net/vrf.c
VSPRINTF
@ -18644,7 +18644,7 @@ L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
W: http://yaina.de/jreuter/
W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
F: Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt
F: Documentation/networking/z8530drv.rst
F: drivers/net/hamradio/*scc.c
F: drivers/net/hamradio/z8530.h

4
drivers/net/Kconfig
View File

@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ config TUN
devices, driver will automatically delete tunXX or tapXX device and
all routes corresponding to it.
Please read <file:Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt> for more
Please read <file:Documentation/networking/tuntap.rst> for more
information.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the module
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ config NET_SB1000
At present this driver only compiles as a module, so say M here if
you have this card. The module will be called sb1000. Then read
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/sb1000.txt> for
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/sb1000.rst> for
information on how to use this module, as it needs special ppp
scripts for establishing a connection. Further documentation
and the necessary scripts can be found at:

4
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c59x.c
View File

@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ static int vortex_probe1(struct device *gendev, void __iomem *ioaddr, int irq,
print_info = (vortex_debug > 1);
if (print_info)
pr_info("See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt\n");
pr_info("See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst\n");
pr_info("%s: 3Com %s %s at %p.\n",
print_name,
@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ vortex_error(struct net_device *dev, int status)
dev->name, tx_status);
if (tx_status == 0x82) {
pr_err("Probably a duplex mismatch. See "
"Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt\n");
"Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst\n");
}
dump_tx_ring(dev);
}

2
drivers/net/ethernet/3com/Kconfig
View File

@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ config VORTEX
"Hurricane" (3c555/3cSOHO) PCI
If you have such a card, say Y here. More specific information is in
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.txt> and
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/3com/vortex.rst> and
in the comments at the beginning of
<file:drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c59x.c>.

2
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/Kconfig
View File

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ config CHELSIO_T1
This driver supports Chelsio gigabit and 10-gigabit
Ethernet cards. More information about adapter features and
performance tuning is in
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/chelsio/cxgb.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/chelsio/cxgb.rst>.
For general information about Chelsio and our products, visit
our website at <http://www.chelsio.com>.

2
drivers/net/ethernet/cirrus/Kconfig
View File

@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ config CS89x0
---help---
Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a
network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the file
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/cirrus/cs89x0.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/cirrus/cs89x0.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module
will be called cs89x0.

4
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/Kconfig
View File

@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ config DE4X5
These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If
you have a network card of this type, say Y. More specific
information is contained in
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/de4x5.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/de4x5.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module will
be called de4x5.
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ config DM9102
This driver is for DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 compatible PCI cards from
Davicom (<http://www.davicom.com.tw/>). If you have such a network
(Ethernet) card, say Y. Some information is contained in the file
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dec/dmfe.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module will
be called dmfe.

2
drivers/net/ethernet/dlink/dl2k.c
View File

@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ Compile command:
gcc -D__KERNEL__ -DMODULE -I/usr/src/linux/include -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -O2 -c dl2k.c
Read Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dlink/dl2k.txt for details.
Read Documentation/networking/device_drivers/dlink/dl2k.rst for details.
*/

4
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/Kconfig
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ config S2IO
on its age.
More specific information on configuring the driver is in
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/s2io.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module
will be called s2io.
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ config VXGE
labeled as either one, depending on its age.
More specific information on configuring the driver is in
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/neterion/vxge.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module
will be called vxge.

4
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/Kconfig
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ config SMC9194
option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or
another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled
into the kernel, and read the file
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.rst>.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module
will be called smc9194.
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ config SMC91X
This is a driver for SMC's 91x series of Ethernet chipsets,
including the SMC91C94 and the SMC91C111. Say Y if you want it
compiled into the kernel, and read the file
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/smsc/smc9.rst>.
This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).

2
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/Kconfig
View File

@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ config TLAN
Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent,
Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.txt>
<file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.rst>
for more details.
To compile this driver as a module, choose M here. The module

2
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c
View File

@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Driver for TI ThunderLAN based ethernet PCI adapters");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
/* Turn on debugging.
* See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.txt for details
* See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/tlan.rst for details
*/
static int debug;
module_param(debug, int, 0);

4
drivers/net/hamradio/Kconfig
View File

@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ config SCC
---help---
These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio
in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use
this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> and the
this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.rst> and the
AX25-HOWTO, available from
<http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y
to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support.
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ config SCC_DELAY
help
Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not
working properly; please read
<file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> for details.
<file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.rst> for details.
If unsure, say N.

2
drivers/net/hamradio/scc.c
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
* ------------------
*
* You can find a subset of the documentation in
* Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt.
* Documentation/networking/z8530drv.rst.
*/
/*

4
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/Kconfig
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ config IPW2100
A driver for the Intel PRO/Wireless 2100 Network
Connection 802.11b wireless network adapter.
See <file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.txt>
See <file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.rst>
for information on the capabilities currently enabled in this driver
and for tips for debugging issues and problems.
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ config IPW2200
A driver for the Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG and 2915ABG Network
Connection adapters.
See <file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.txt>
See <file:Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2200.rst>
for information on the capabilities currently enabled in this
driver and for tips for debugging issues and problems.

2
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c
View File

@ -8352,7 +8352,7 @@ static int ipw2100_mod_firmware_load(struct ipw2100_fw *fw)
if (IPW2100_FW_MAJOR(h->version) != IPW2100_FW_MAJOR_VERSION) {
printk(KERN_WARNING DRV_NAME ": Firmware image not compatible "
"(detected version id of %u). "
"See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.txt\n",
"See Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ipw2100.rst\n",
h->version);
return 1;
}

2
include/uapi/linux/if_x25.h
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
#include <linux/types.h>
/* Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt */
/* Documentation/networking/x25-iface.rst */
#define X25_IFACE_DATA 0x00
#define X25_IFACE_CONNECT 0x01
#define X25_IFACE_DISCONNECT 0x02

4
net/x25/Kconfig
View File

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ config X25
You can read more about X.25 at <http://www.sangoma.com/tutorials/x25/> and
<http://docwiki.cisco.com/wiki/X.25>.
Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files
<file:Documentation/networking/x25.txt> and
<file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt>.
<file:Documentation/networking/x25.rst> and
<file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.rst>.
One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card
using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do